高考英语阅读和短文改错能力练习题及析+阅读理解+定语从句典型题精选练习 140页

高考英语阅读和短文改错 能力练习题及析+阅读理解+定语从句典型题精选练习 高考英语阅读和短文改错能力练习题(附参考答案) 完形填空 I take a deep breath, cross my fingers and step forward. Am I about to take the leap before bungee-jumping? 1 , I’m about to cross the road on my way to work. There have be en a few 2 in the press over the last couple of months about“Chinese-style road crossing”. The definition of this 3 is“a large number of people jaywalking(乱穿马路)together because they feel 4 in a big group”. Crossing the road is a simple task but sometimes it can be time-consuming and dangerous. It can be 5 to try and rush across the road while the red 6 is still lit; it’s only a short distance, what’s the 7 that can happen? Many pedestrians don’t seem to understand the 8 they are taking. If the light’s on green, then most drivers won’t pay attention, 9 that no one will be crossing the road. If the driver does notice, it’s possible that they may not have the 10 stopping distance to be able to stop 11 hitting the person. Also, stepping out onto a road at the wrong 12 causes vehicles to slow down, meaning the cars behind them have to slow down, creating a 13 effect possibly even a long tailback(车辆长队). 14 , it can be difficult to stick to the rules when there is 15 pedestrian-friendly crossings and it seems that drivers don’t follow the rules, either. Even if the green man is showing, cars are still allowed to turn right at many lights, often turning into large crowds of people 16 crossing the road. Many times these cars don’t slow down, meaning pedestrians have to quickly move out of the way. It also means that people 17 cross the road when they should be allowed to—maybe this is a motivating factor for so-called jaywalkers. Driving a car doesn’t mean you have more rights. It’s a privilege and with that privilege comes a lot of 18 . It doesn’t seem completely 19 to punish pedestrians for taking matters into their own hands on a road system that’s designed against them. A rethink of the way pedestrian crossing work and driver education may 20 a stop to“Chinese-style road crossing”. 【文章大意】本文主要讲述“中国式过马路”的现象、原因及其对交通产生的影响, 并提出 了作者自己的看法。 1. A. Yes B. No C. Why D. However 【解析】选 B。前后照应题。否定前面的问句, 引出下文。 2. A. articles B. sentences C. stories D. persons 【解析】选 A。前后照应题。下句提到“中国式过马路”的现象, 结合此处信息 press, 可 推知是在出版物上的“文章”。 3. A. word B. name C. phrase D. term 【解析】选 C。词义辨析题。phrase 表示(简洁的)说法。term 指专业术语, 一般指科技、 学术方面的。此句为“中国式过马路”这种说法的定义是……。 4. A. great B. happy C. safe D. strong 【解析】选 C。词义辨析题。“中国式过马路”即“凑够一大群人就过马路”, 因为他们感 觉这样有安全感。 5. A. tempting B. interesting C. exciting D. shocking 【解析】选 A。词义辨析题。tempting 指“有诱惑力的”, 往往用于怂恿某人干不正当的事。 从整句可知当红灯还亮时, 大家就跃跃欲试, 冲过马路。 6. A. boy B. man C. girl D. woman 【解析】选 B。背景常识题。指红灯, 显示一个红色人形图。 7. A. more B. worst C. better D. faster 【解析】选 B。逻辑推理题。the worst 最坏的事, 此处表示“最糟糕会发生什么事? ”。 8. A. risk B. lift C. light D. road 【解析】选 A。固定搭配题。本段主题句, 下文讲到“中国式过马路”的危险性, 故用固定 搭配 take the risk(冒险)。 9. A. hoping B. believing C. guessing D. assuming 【解析】选 D。逻辑推理题。如果(机动车方向的)绿灯亮着, 司机就会以为没有人会横穿马 路。assuming 指“假定, 认为(但未能证明)”。 10. A. required B. requested C. suggested D. allowed 【解析】选 A。词义辨析题。车在刹车后到停止有一定的制动距离, required 指“所需的, 规 定的”。requested 请求的; suggested 建议的; allowed 允许(某人拥有或某事发生)的, 意 思不恰当。 11. A. before B. after C. when D. while 【解析】选 A。逻辑推理题。根据句意可知, 此处为“在……之前”。 12. A. direction B. time C. place D. speed 【解析】选 B。词义辨析题。在错误的时间行人穿马路会阻碍车辆的行进。at 与 direction 搭配不对, place 与 speed 意思不符合语境。 13. A. knock-up B. knock-on C. knock-down D. knock-back 【解析】选 B。固定搭配题。a knock-on effect 连锁反应。 14. A. On the one hand B. On the other hand C. On the contrary D. On this occasion 【解析】选 B。固定搭配题。上段谈到“中国式过马路”的危害性, 此段又为此种过马路方 式辩护。on the other hand 另一方面, 用于比较不同或相对立的事实或想法。 15. A. a lot of B. a great deal of C. a lack of D. a number of 【解析】选 C。短语辨析题。pedestrian crossings 人行道, -friendly 方便……的。当缺 乏方便行人过马路的人行道时, 要遵守交通规则就难了。 16. A. safely B. slowly C. worriedly D. legally 【解析】选 D。词义辨析题。此句解释“中国式过马路”现象产生的一个原因是绿灯亮, 行 人照理应该可以走, 但车辆此时右转, 就必然开进人群。legally 合法地, 依照法律地。 17. A. can’t B. shouldn’t C. won’t D. mustn’t 【解析】选 A。逻辑推理题。此句进一步解释。句意: 行人在(绿灯亮时)该允许走时, 却不 能走(因为右转弯的车子阻碍了他们), 这就导致了“中国式过马路”。 18. A. responsibility B. possibility C. personality D. reality 【解析】选 A。词义辨析题。根据上下文可知, 作者认为开车并非意味着有更多特权(车与 行人都有路权), 但这种特权必定有相应的责任。responsibility 责任; possibility 可能 性; personality 性格; reality 现实。 19. A. severe B. mild C. fair D. unjust 【解析】选 C。前后照应题。take. . . into one’s hands 意为“擅自处理”。句意: 行 人因自行处理(即选择“中国式过马路”方式)不合理的道路系统而受惩罚, 这似乎并不公 平。 20. A. add B. put C. set D. attach 【解析】选 B。固定搭配题。固定搭配 put a stop to sth. 意为“停止”。 阅读下列短文, 从给的四个选项 (A、B、C 和 D) 中, 选出最佳选项。 (2013·湖北，E) A German study suggests that people who were too optimistic about their future actually faced greater risk of disability or death within 10 years than those pessimists who expected their future to be worse. The paper, published this March in Psychology and Aging, examined health and welfare surveys from roughly 40,000 Germans between ages 18 and 96. The surveys were conducted every year from 1993 to 2003. Survey respondents (受访者) were asked to estimate their present and future life satisfaction on a scale of 0 to 10, among other questions. The researchers found that young adults (age 18 to 39) routinely overestimated their future life satisfaction, while middleaged adults (age 40 to 64) more accurately predicted how they would feel in the future. Adults of 65 and older, however, were far more likely to underestimate their future life satisfaction. Not only did they feel more satisfied than they thought they would, the older pessimists seemed to suffer a lower ratio (比率) of disability and death for the study period. “We observed that being too optimistic in predicting a better future than actually observed was associated with a greater risk of disability and a greater risk of death within the following decade，” wrote Frieder R. Lang, a professor at the University of ErlangenNuremberg. Lang and his colleagues believed that people who were pessimistic about their future may be more careful about their actions than people who expected a rosy future. “Seeing a dark future may encourage positive evaluations of the actual self and may contribute to taking improved precautions (预防措施)，” the authors wrote. Surprisingly, compared with those in poor health or who had low incomes, respondents who enjoyed good health or income were associated with expecting a greater decline. Also, the researchers said that higher income was related to a greater risk of disability. The authors of the study noted that there were limitations to their conclusions. Illness, medical treatment and personal loss could also have driven health outcomes. However, the researchers said a pattern was clear. “We found that from early to late adulthood, individuals adapt their expectations of future life satisfaction from optimistic, to accurate, to pessimistic，” the authors concluded. 文章大意：本文主要讲述了不同年龄段的人们对未来生活的态度，对生活的满意度和幸福指 数。 17．According to the study, who made the most accurate prediction of their future life satisfaction? A．Optimistic adults. B．Middleaged adults. C．Adults in poor health. D．Adults of lower income. 答案：B 细节理解题，根据 while middleaged adults (age 40 to 64) more accurately predicted how they would feel in the future.可知 B 正确。 18．Pessimism may be positive in some way because it causes people ________. A．to fully enjoy their present life B．to estimate their contribution accurately C．to take measures against potential risks D．to value health more highly than wealth 答案：C 细节理解题，根据“Seeing a dark future may encourage positive evaluations of the actual self and may contribute to taking improved precautions (预防措施)，” the authors wrote 可知 C 正确。 19．How do people of higher income see their future? A．They will earn less money. B．They will become pessimistic. C．They will suffer mental illness. D．They will have less time to enjoy life. 答案：A 细节理解题，根据 Surprisingly, compared with those in poor health or who had low incomes, respondents who enjoyed good health or income were associated with expecting a greater decline 可知 A 正确。 20．What is the clear conclusion of the study? A．Pessimism guarantees chances of survival. B．Good financial condition leads to good health. C．Medical treatment determines health outcomes. D．Expectations of future life satisfaction decline with age. 答案：D 细节理解题，根据“We found that from early to late adulthood, individuals adapt their expectations of future life satisfaction from optimistic, to accurate, to pessimistic，”可知，他们对生活的满意度随着年龄的增长而变小。 阅读理解。阅读下列四篇短文，从每小题后所给的 A,B,C 或 D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项。 Most people know that Marie Curie was the first woman to win the Nobel Prize, and the first person to win it twice. However, few people know that she was also the mother of a Nobel Prize winner. Born in September, 1897, Irene Curie was the first of the Curies' two daughters. Along with nine other children whose parents were also famous scholars, Irene studied in their own school, and he r mother was one of the teachers. She finished her high school education at the College of Sévigné in Paris. Irene entered the University of Paris in 1914 to prepare for a degree in mathematics and physics. When World War I began, Irene went to help her mother, who was using Xray facilities(设备) to help save the lives of wounded soldiers.Irene continued the work by developing Xray facilities in military hospitals in France and Belgium. Her services were recognised in the form of a Military' Medal by the French government. In 1918, Irene became her mother's assistant at the Curie Institute. In December 1924, Frederic Joliot joined the Institute, and Irene taught him the techniques required for his work. They soon fell in love and were married in 1926. Their daughter Helene was born in 1927 and their son Pierre five years later. Like her mother, Irene combined family and career. Like her mother, Irene was awarded a Nobel Prize, along with her husband, in 1935. Unfortunately, also like her mother, she developed leukemia because of her work with radioactivity(辐射能). Irene JoliotCurie died from leukemia on March 17, 1956. 本文是一篇人物介绍。介绍居里夫人大女儿 Irene Curie 的一生。 1．Why was Irene Curie awarded a Military Medal? A．Because she received a degree in mathematics. B．Because she contributed to saving the wounded. C．Because she won the Nobel Prize with Frederic. D．Because she worked as a helper to her mother. 答案：B。细节理解题。根据文章第三段可知，第一次世界大战开始后，Irene 帮助母亲救 助伤员，法国政府以军功章的形式表示对她的贡献的认可。所以选择 B 项。 2．Where did Irene Curie meet her husband Frederic Joliot? A．At the Curie Institute. B．At the University of Paris. C．At a military hospital. D．At the College of Sévigné. 答案：A。推理判断题。文章第四段说：在 1918 年，Irene 在居里夫人研究院成为母亲的助 手，1924 年 12 月 Frederic Joliot 加入了该研究院，Irene 教给他该项工作要求的技术， 不久他们相爱了并于 1926 年结婚，由此可推断出 C 项正确。 3．When was the second child of Irene Curie and Frederic Joliot born? A．In 1932. B．In 1927. C．In 1897. D．In 1926. 答案：A。细节理解题。第四段最后一句表明：他们第一个孩子于 1927 年出生，5 年后(1932 年)第二个孩子出生，所以 A 项正确。 4．In which of the following aspects was Irene Cuire different from her mother? A．Irene worked with radioactivity. B．Irene combined family and career. C．Irene won the Nobel Prize once. D．Irene died from leukemia. 答案：C。推理判断题。纵观全文可知，Irene 在“与放射性物质打交道/把家庭与事业相结 合/死于 leukemia”这三方面与母亲相同，不同的是 Irene 获得一次诺贝尔奖，母亲两次。 短文改错 When we had our class, our psychology teacher would take any liquid medicine from a tiny bottle. This touched the whole classes. We thought that he should ask for leave and stayed at home for a rest, so he came to each class on time. Therefore, all of us studied psychology hard than we did any other subject. In the end of that term, we told him that how much we appreciated him. We were so worrying about her health that we asked him what disease he got and what medicine he took. With satisfied smile, he said, “I’m quite all right and it’s a bottle of tea. 【参考答案】4. When we had our class, our psychology teacher would take any liquid some medicine from a tiny bottle. This touched the whole classes. We thought that he class should ask for a leave and stayed at home for a rest, so he came to each class on stay but time. Therefore, all of us studied psychology hard than we did any other subject. harder In the end of that term, we told that how much we appreciated him. We were so At worrying about her health that we asked him what disease he got and what worried his medicine he took. With ∧ satisfied smile, he said, “I’m quite all right and it’s a a bottle of tea.” 高考云度理解专项复习(附参考答案) Reading Smart: Advanced Techniques for Improved Reading (US $ 12) by Nicholas Reid Schaffzin The Princeton Review 98—RH 116 Have you ever spent 10 minutes on one page of Crime (犯罪) and Punishment? Or hired The Great Gatsby just to avoid reading the book? Reading doesn’t have to be a diffi-cult task. Once you learn a few methods of reading, it can even be fun. Many people have reading difficulties. That’s why this book is written. This book helps people who have a hard time keeping up with assignments (作业), understanding novels, or just reading something freely. Reading Smart will help you increase your reading speed and comprehension with techniques like pre-reading, pen-marking, and much more. 1. The passage is _______. A. a story B. a text C. a report D. an advertisement 2. The name of the book is _______. A. Reading Smart B. The Princeton Review C. The Great Gatsby D. Crime and Punishment 3. The writer of this book is _______. A. The Princeton Review B. Nicholas Reid Sehaffzin C. Smart D. Gataby 4. How much is the book? A. US $ 10. B. US $ 116. C. US $ 12. D. US $ 98. 5. “keeping up with” means _______. A. not falling behind B. doing well in C. working hard at D. doing forward 答：1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 16 Kleptomania is an illness of the mind that gives a person the desire to steal. Such a person is not really a thief. They are sick and cannot help themselves. All small children act naturally and as they grow up, they normally learn to control their actions. People with kleptomania for certain medical reasons have fafied to develop control over their desire to take things that do not belong to them. With medical help they may become normal citi-zens again. The things that a kleptomaniac steals are seldom of great value. They often give away what they have stolen or colleet object without using them. 1. What is the topic of the text? A. Young thieves. B. An unusual illness. C. Reasons for stealing. D. A normal child’s actions. 2. From the text we learn that small children ______. A. have little control of themselves B. usually steal things but grow up honest C. are usually kleptomaniacs D. like to give things away 3. Kleptomaniacs usually steal things that ________. A. are valuable B. are unimportant C. their friends like D. they themselves need 4. Which of the following words can best replace the word “desire” in the first sen-tenee? A. chance B. power C. right D. wish 答：1. B 2. A 3. B 4. D 解析： 1．本文主要介绍一种病(盗窃癣)，故选 B 项。2．文中可知有盗窃癣的孩子不能控制自己。3．通常 偷的都不是重要的东西。4．此题考查猜测词义。desire 从文中可猜出，患有盗窃癣的孩子有偷东西的欲望。 故选 D 项。 17 In a mountainous area of Brazil, there is a kind of beautiful butterfly which can kill men. If people meet them, they will come down in great quantities to bite and kill, suck-ing blood and flesh through the wounds they cause. In June, 1966, a boy named Marl Andre who went into the mountains in search of butterfly specimens (标本) was killed by these butterflies. A eountry boy saw him as he was just about to raise his net to catch a butterfly. Suddenly thousands of butterflies eame down upon him, covering him all over. The boy struggled and cried as he tried to free himself from their attack. Finally he fell senseless to the ground. Police examined his body and proved that he had died of bites by butterflies. In New Guinea, there is a kind of needlefish which also kills men. Needlefish likes light. At night, it will swim near the lights of fishing boats, then suddenly shoot out of water like an arrow to its target, and force its 3-inch sharp mouth into a human body. Of-ten people are thrust in the eye, or through the chest or stomach, resulting in death. Sometimes it will even attack the people in a fishing boat in broad daylight. About 10 persons in the world are killed by sharks every year, yet more than 20 are killed by needlefish every month. 1. From the passage, we know that ______. A. butterflies are living in the mountains B. all butterflies like sucking blood and eating fish C. the more beautiful a butterfly is, the more dangerous it is to men D. the butterflies in a certain part of Brazil can kill men 2. Mari Andre was killed when he ______. A. went to Brazil B. entered the mountains C. tried to catch a butterfly D. raised a net 3. Needlefish comes out ______. A. sometimes at night B. usually in the daytime C. only when boats appear D. both at night and in the daytime 4. According to the story, each year needlefish kills ______. A. twice more than sharks do B. about 10 more persons than sharks do C. fewer persons than sharks do D. 24 times more persons than sharks do 5. The best title for the passage is ______. A. Brazil Home of Dangerous Butterflies B. New Guinea—No Fit to Live in C. Killer Butterflies and Needlefish D. Deaths Caused by Butterflies and Needlefish 答：1. D 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. C 解析： 1．文章开篇第一段可知。此题属事实理解的题。2．文中第二旦可知。3．从第三段对这种鱼的描述 可知 D 项。4．从文章结尾一段可知 D 项。5．文章主要讲蝴蝶和针鱼，故选 c 项。 18 WASHINGTON — Considering the serious warnings lately about Internet viruses ( 病 毒 ), users may be tempted to unplug their machines just to keep them safe. In reality, common sense and a few basic tips can keep Internet surfers secure. Antivirus software is a must, and it should be updated at least once a week to recog-nize newly released viruses. People with broadband Internet connections should also have a firewall. These pro-tect the computer from attacks by hackers (黑客). Then it is time to think about computer habits. Unlike old viruses, which spread on ly through shared diskettes, the Internet brings viruses straight to the emai-box. if email with attachment comes from an unknown sender, or unexpectedly from a known sender, it should not be opened. On receipt of an unexpected attachment from a friend, experts suggest a telephone call to make sure of the mail’s source before opening. 1. Why should antivirus software be updated at least once a week? Because ______. A. the newly published antivirus software is more expensive B. the previous antivirus software cannot work longer than a week C. the inventors of viruses have suggested this idea D. computer viruses are always developing 2. The underlined word “Iirewall” in Paragraph Three is probably ______. A. a kind of wall to keep others away B. a kind of wall to fight against a fire C. a safety system for the computer D. a kind of virus made by hackers 3. Computer viruses cannot spread through ______. A. shared diskettes B. shared floppies C. email D. telephone lines 4. Which of the following is suggested by computer experts? ______. A. Do not rush to open any email attachment B. Never open any email attachment C. It is always safe to open an email attachment from a friend D. Whenever you receive any email, you should make a call to ensure its source 5. Which of the following is not right according to the passage above? ______. A. We can do something to keep our computers safe B. Antivirus software made in 1995 is hard to protect our present day computers C. We should unplug our computers to fend off viruses D. An email attachment even coming from a friend may not always be safe to be opened 答：1. D 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. C 解析： 1．从第二段可知答案。2．从上下文猜测 firewall 应是一种防御系统。3．通过排除法，选择 D 项。4．电 脑专家建议不要急于打开邮件信箱。5．从文章末尾一段可确定出 C 项。 19 Most Americans enjoy moving from place to place very often. In some states only one house in five has people living in it who have been there for more than five years. One may be born in one city, and go to school in another. He may finish his middle school educa tion in two or three cities and attend a college far across the country. And when he has en-tered business, he may possibly move from job to job. Moving from job to job, or jo-hopping, is a very common practice in the United States. This practice is not good by and large. Yet every chance to change a job offers the worker an opportunity to move up to a higher position and to get better wages. And job-hopping also gives employers—the bosses, the managers the—chance to benefit from the new ideas and skills that different people bring to their firms or factories. Then, most A-mericans love traveling. People often drive their automobiles 120 to 160 kilometers just to have dinner with a friend or even fly to Europe and back just for watching a football match. It is because of this—the fact that Americans are in constant motion and, in this way, it is also easy for you to become friends with Americans. And the friendship can be close and strong for a while, but then disappears as soon as the individuals move away from each other. But if these people should meet again, even years later, they would be delighted to continue the friendship. So don’t be unhappy when you fail to find lifetime friendships or relationships in the United States. 1. “Job-hopping” means _______. A. moving from place to place B. looking for work C. hoping to get a job D. moving from job to job 2. Why do Americans change their jobs so frequently? Because _______. A. they have the habits of moving B. they want a higher position and better wages C. job-hopping benefits the bosses D. it gives them a good opportunity of traveling 3. It is inferred that _______. A. Americans like to make friends but don’t specially attach importance to it B. it’s impossible to find lifetime friendships or relationships in the United States C. Americans ignore friendships and relationships with others D. Americans make friends just for fun 4. Personally, tbaauthor _______ job-hopping. A. is against B. thinks well of C. wants to stop D. doesn’t go along with 答：1. D 2. B 3. A 4. B 解析： 1．第一段 or...就相当于对前文的解释。2．美国人频繁地变换工作一是为了更高的工资，二是为了提 升职位。3．从文中第二段可知。此题为推理判断题，文中可知美国人并不把友情看得过重。4．就作者个 人观点而言，作者是赞成跳槽的，因文中提到不光对既槽的人可以带来提升或加薪的好处，而且对老板也 有益，可以反思，带来巍念上的收获。 20 John Smith was lazy. He had finished his education and was happy to sit in his room and listen to the radio all day long. In fact, he had been doing nothing for almost six months, which worried his father a lot. One day Mr Smith decided that he had to do something. “Johnny, When I was your age 1 was working and supporting my ten brothers and sisters. I want you to go out and get a job.” So that was what he did. In fact, in the next three months, Johnny started ten jobs and was fired from ten jobs. He explained to his father. “They wanted me to be at work at 8:00 a. m. and told me to do all sorts of unpleas-ant things.” “I don’t care how you do it,” Mr Smith said. “Either you earn some money or move out of the house. I gave you one week’s time.” In the next few days Johnny began to change. He still stayed in his room all day, but spent his time writing letters and reading through the newspapers. More and more posts began to arrive for him. He bought a new suit for himself and invited his parents to the theatre and for dinner afterwards at the most expensive restaurant in town. When his proud parents arrived home after their evening hour, a policeman was waiting at the front door. “John Smith,” he said as he banded him a piece of paper, “I’ll see you in the court tomorrow.” When he got outside, Johnny told his parents everything. “When you told me to earn some money, 1 decided to put an advertisement in the newspaper saying, ‘New way to money fast! Send me $ 5 and I’ll tell you my secret.’ When I received the money I wrote back telling people to do as I do.” Johnny was fined $ 250 by the court and was ordered to pay all the people back. As be left the court house feeling very ashamed, a newspaper man came up to him, “Young man, would you like to tell your story to my newspaper for $ 2500?” 1. Johnny was fired from the jobs because _______. A. he liked listening to the radio B. he had a big family to support C. he spent a lot of time writing letters D. he didn’t do the jobs well 2. Johnny put an advertisement in the newspaper about _______ months after he left school. A. three B. six C. nine D. eleven 3. Why was Johnny fined $ 250? _______. A. Because he was lazy B. Because he was out of work C. Because he deceived D. Because he didn’t pay for his new suit 4. What would probably happen at last? _______. A. Johnny would get $ 2500 from the newspaper B. The court would give $ 250 back to Johnny C. Johnny would continue to advertise in the newspaper D. Johnny would become a newspaper reporter 5. Which of the following questions is NOT answered by the information from the passage? _______? A. How did the parents feel when Johnny invited them to the theatre and dinner B. What’s Johnny’s secret C. What did the policeman want Johnny to do D. How much did Johnny have to pay all the people back 答：1. D 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. D 解析： 1．Johnny 被解雇主要是因他什么都做不好。2．此题为事实理解题。从头两段可算出。3．Johnny 被 罚 250 美元，是因行骗。4．从文章结尾可推断出 A 项。5．文中没有提到 Johnny 骗了多少人。 高考英语阅读，完型，语法，改错及书面表达训练 (附参考答案) 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 On April 8th, 2013, the world felt sorry because of the death of former British Prime Minister, Margaret Thatcher, who died at the age of 87. Besides being the country’s longest leader (1979-1990) in the 20th century, she was the first woman to lead Britain. She worked hard and did well in her work, so she was called “Iron Lady”. Whatever you think of Margaret Thatcher, the thing everyone does agree on is that she was a woman with great decisions. When she took over Britain in 1979, she led a country that was in economic trouble. She faced a lot of problems because of the poor economic position. In order to make the country become strong again, Ms. Thatcher had to make some hard and special decisions like raising interest rates and even taxes at a time when most British people were living a hard life. In this way she led Britain to run out of economic troubles. Early in her second term, just as things were looking a little better, she faced another problem — a strike by the British Miners Union. Once again, the Iron Lady stood her ground to stop the longest strike in the country’s history. In 1982, Argentina said that they had owned the Falkland Islands since the 19th century. Britain, however, considered the islands to be one of their overseas dependent territories (领土). Margaret Thatcher tried to talk about the problem with Argentines. But Argentines didn’t agree with her ideas, so Ms. Thatcher did what any strong leader would do — send in the British Army. It took 74 days, and on 14th June 1982, the Argentine army finally failed and Britain controlled the Falkland Islands again. When Ms. Thatcher resigned in 1990, she left behind a country that was very strong. Unluckily, during the last few years of her life, something was wrong with her mind. She hardly remembered anything that was happening around her and even what she had done during her wonderful lifetime. 1. Why did Margaret Thatcher decide to raise interest rates? A. Because English people were very rich and happy. B. Because she needed money to fight against Argentina. C. Because Britain needed to run out of economic troubles. D. Because people stored too much money in the banks. 2. How did Margaret Thatcher make her country control the Falkland Islands again? A. She paid a lot of money for the islands. B. She helped people on the islands a lot. C. She sent many workers to the islands. D. She sent in the British Army to the islands. 3. What was the matter with Ms. Thatcher after she resigned? A. She couldn’t say anything at all. B. She almost couldn’t remember anything. C. She couldn’t walk at all. D. She couldn’t hear anything at all. 4. It can be inferred from the passage that Ms. Thatcher was ________. A. humorous B. sensitive C. determined D. generous 答案与解析 【解题导语】 2013 年 4 月 8 日英国前首相玛格丽特·撒切尔因病去世， 享年 87 岁。作为 20 世纪任期最长并且是英国历史上的第一位女首相，她以强硬 的治国风格著称，带领英国走出了经济困境。 1. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的 In order to make the country become strong ... raising interest rates and even taxes 可知，提高利率的目的在于将英国从 经济困境中解脱出来。 2. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段中的 did what any ... send in the British Army 可知，答案为 D 项。 3. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中的 She hardly remembered anything 可 知，答案为 B 项。 4. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据文章第一段的 she was called “Iron Lady”及第二段中 的 she was a woman with great decisions 和倒数第二段中的 Ms. Thatcher did what any strong leader would do 可知，她是一个“坚定的”人，故选 C 项。 China Space “Jade Rabbit” Lunar Mission Blasts Off 1 December 2013 last updated at 19:00 GMT China has launched its first lunar rover(月球车) mission, the next key step in the Asian superpower’s ambitious space program. The Chang’e 3 mission blasted off from Xichang in the south at 1:30 am on Monday of the local time. What the Long March rocket carries to the moon includes a landing module (登陆舱) and a six wheeled robotic rover called Yutu, or Jade Rabbit. The mission should land in the moon ’ s northern hemisphere in mid December. This will be the third robotic rover mission to land on the lunar surface, but the Chinese vehicle carries more advanced equipment, including ground penetrating radar which will gather measurements of the lunar soil. The 120 kg Jade Rabbit rover can climb slopes of up to 30 degrees and travel at 200 m per hour, according to its designer the Shanghai Aerospace Systems Engineering Research Institute. Its name — chosen in an online poll of 3.4 million voters — comes from an ancient Chinese myth about a rabbit living on the moon as the pet of the lunar goddess Chang’e. The US Apollo astronauts Eugene Cernan and Aldrin have also remarked in a recent article that the landing module is much bigger than it needs to be to carry the rover, suggesting that it could be precursor (先驱) technology to a human landing. If successful, the mission, aimed at exploring the moon’s surface and looking for natural resources such as rare metals, will be a milestone in China’s long term space exploration program, which includes establishing a permanent space station in Earth orbit. 5. You will most probably read this article ________. A. in a magazine B. on a website C. in a newspaper D. on a billboard 6. Which of the following features makes Jade Rabbit rover special? A. It is much bigger than it needs to be. B. It can climb higher and travel faster than previous ones. C. It carries more advanced equipment to collect data of the lunar soil. D. It will end up in a permanent space station in Earth orbit. 7. How did the Chinese robotic rover Yutu, or Jade Rabbit, get its name? A. People voted on the Internet. B. The goddess Chang’e named it after her pet. C. Its name was chosen by government officials. D. It was named after its designer. 8. The remarks given by Eugene Cernan and Aldrin suggest that ________. A. China has become the No. 1 country in lunar exploration B. China’s recent space success is envied by American astronauts C. there is going to be direct competitions in developing space technology between China and the United States D. there is a possibility that China is considering landing man on the moon in the future 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇新闻报道。文章主要报道了我国首台月球车“玉 兔”号在西昌卫星发射中心发射成功。 5．答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据标题下方的 1 December 2013 last updated at 19:00 GMT 可知，应选 B 项，其中的 update“更新”是网络术语，故最可能来自于网站。 6．答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第三段中的 but the Chinese vehicle carries more advanced equipment， including ground penetrating radar which will gather measurements of the lunar soil 可知，C 项正确。 7．答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据第五段中的 Its name — chosen in an online poll of 3 4 million voters 可知，应选 A 项。 8．答案 D 解析 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的 suggesting that it could be precursor(先 驱)technology to a human landing 可以推断，两位宇航员的话暗示中国在考虑载 人登月的问题。 Ⅱ.语法填空 Nancy: Are you OK, Mary? You don’t look very happy. Mary: Oh, Nancy. I had an argument 1 Mum again. I’m not getting enough pocket money. Nancy: How much do you get? Mary: 5 pounds 2 week. Nancy: That sounds 3 (reason) to me. Mary: Well, I’m 14. And if you do some shopping in the town, you can never have enough money. Everything is so expensive. Nancy: But is it the fair amount of money, 4 (compare)with what your friends get? Mary: Well, we all get the same. 5 I have to buy all things for school, and have no money left to spend on clothes. Nancy: Right. Do you have to 6 with the housework? Mary: Not really. Nancy: So, you don’t have to do anything for the pocket money? Mary: Mum said if I 7 (do) that I would never have time to do my schoolwork. Nancy: Has she said you can have 8 (much) pocket money when you’re 15? Mary: Well, Mum just says she’ll decide when I’m ready to have more. And I have just got to wait. Nancy: Maybe you 9 sit down with her and say “How can I prove that I’m old 10 to get more?” 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本篇对话主题是关于零花钱问题的。玛丽向南希抱怨自己的 零花钱太少。 1. with。考查介词的用法。have an argument with“与……争吵”。 2. a / per。考查冠词或介词的用法。此处 a / per 表示频率，意为“每一”。 3. reasonable。考查词性转换。sound 为系动词，其后接形容词作表语，reason 的形容词形式为 reasonable。 4. compared。考查非谓语动词。compared with”与……相比”，是固定用法。 5. But。考查连词的用法。上下文之间存在转折关系，因此用 but。 6. help。结合语境考查动词。由下文中的 Mum said if I 7 (do)that I would never have time to do my schoolwork.”可知，此处谈的是做家务的问题。 7. did。考查虚拟语气。此处表示与现在事实相反的假设，故从句谓语动词用一 般过去时。 8. more。考查形容词的比较级。此处表示多得些零花钱，因此用 more。 9. should。结合语境考查情态动词。此处为说话人向对方提建议，因此用 should。 10. enough。考查副词。“形容词+enough+不定式”为常用结构。此处表示“怎 么证明自己年龄足够大了，可以得到更多的钱了”。 Ⅲ.书面表达 CCTV 播出的纪录片《舌尖上的中国》( A Bite of China )红遍大江南北。该 纪录片向观众展现了诱人又熟悉的家乡味道。请根据以下提示，并结合事例，用 英语写一篇短文。 No matter how far you go, no matter who you become, you will still have a taste for the food you grew up with. 注意： 1. 可照抄英语提示语，但不计入总词数； 2. 除诗歌外，文体不限； 3. 文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称； 4. 词数 120 左右。 ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 参考范文 Recently, the TV program A Bite of China has attracted much attention. The introduction of the diversity of delicious local foods around China reminds me of the food in my hometown. No matter how fast life is changing, there is one thing that never escapes us, which is the taste of the food we grew up with. I grew up in a family of three generation. It was great fun to have a big family together. Never will I forget all the amazing stories my grandma told me. What struck me most was all kinds of delicious foods made by my Mum and grandam. I have traveled to other places in China, but never have I tasted more delicious foods. As far as I am concened, the program tells us more than food. Dsespite the fact that the impressive-looking food is inviting, it also expresses our love to our hometown and motherland. 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Some people are happy to believe in ESP ( 第 六 感 觉 )while others are firm disbelievers. Parapsychologists, who lend a certain seriousness to the subject, have identified four types of ESP: clairvoyance describes the act of being able to obtain knowledge of a person or event without the use of the normal senses; telepathy is the process by which a person is able to read another person’s thoughts without the use of any of the normal senses; psychokinesis is the ability to influence a physical object just by thinking about it; precognition is the term applied when somebody is able to foresee future events. Over the years there have been many ESP experiments conducted by serious scientists in serious institutions. Joseph Banks Rhine, a botanist at Duke University published a famous book in 1934 called “Extra Sensory Perception” in which he claimed to have overwhelming (压倒性的) evidence of ESP. However, other scientists have been unable to repeat his results exactly in the same way, which has resulted in the book losing much of its original reliability(可靠性). The Granzfield experiments are considered to have been the most carefully examined ESP experiments. The experimenters had their eyes covered and ears blocked while a “sender”attempted to transmit messages. Later the experimenters would compare the messages received to the original messages sent out. There was a great deal of excitement and interest at the time but the research failed to produce convincing results. Human beings are attracted to the supernatural phenomena. ESP will always continue to fascinate. Some of the most successful films in recent years have fuelled interest among the younger generations who are starting to ask the same questions and to look for explanations for the same phenomena as their parents and grandparents before them. Who knows? One day we might just find these answers because one thing is certain, “The truth is out there!” 1. According to the passage, Rhine’s book________. A. was accepted by famous scientists in ESP field B. presented the first hand evidence against ESP C. wasn’t trusted and believed by the public D. truly proved results of the experiments 2. In Paragraphs 3 and 4, the author wants to show________. A. what resulted in people’s disbelief B. who were involved in the experiments C. why people accepted ESP D. how seriously the experiments were conducted 3. The author’s attitude towards ESP is________. A. objective B. defensive C. supportive D. persuasive 答案与解析 【解题导语】 这是一篇科普文。人们对于第六感觉这一超自然的现象很 感兴趣，但遗憾的是，迄今为止人们没能证明第六感觉是否存在，只有时间能告 诉我们这个问题的答案。 1.答案 C 解析 细节理解题。第三段说，Rhine 在 1934 年写了一本书，宣称他掌握了关于 第六感存在的大量证据，但其他科学家用同样的方式去研究却不能得到与他一样 的 结 果 ， 于 是 这 本 书 就 失 去 了 可 靠 性 (the book losing much of its original reliability)，由此可知选 C 项，他的书不被公众接受。 2.答案 A 解析 推理判断题。第三、四段讲述了两个研究，这两个研究在当时轰动一时， 但都没有得出让人相信的证据或结果，因此选 A 项。 3. 答案 A 解析 推理判断题。最后一段作者说，人们对第六感这一超自然的现象很感兴趣， 还在寻找解释，或许有一天我们能找到解释，因为有一点是确定的，“事实的真 相摆在那里”。由此可以看出，作者只相信事实的真相，没有直接肯定或否定这 一现象的存在，因此选 A 项。 Mountain biking is one of my favorite sports in adventure racing. It was a skill that was put on the back burner for a while, but learning to ride a mountain bike well really improved our teams’ times. I used to fall all the time. It is a strange feeling as you don’t think of falling off your bike as an adult. I had my first crash at age 8. I rode down a huge hill. I wanted to see if I could brake when I got to the driveway and still stop before hitting the garage. Well, I could not. I bent my brand new frame. I have now moved to a much better bike with knobby fat wheels. Mountain biking takes place either on mountain bikes that have been specially equipped to be ridden on the trail, or on hybrid road bikes that have been modified. The mountain bikes themselves are ready for the rough trail, with tires that are wide and knobby, and a frame tubing that is large and round. The bikes usually have a front fork or dual suspension, and often come with shock absorbers. The bikes are heavy, but work well under their riding conditions. I say the bikes are heavy. I actually ride a 21-pound bike which is quite light for mountain bikes. It is a hard tail so it is not as heavy as a full suspension. It is important to get the right sized bike for your sport. In adventure racing, mountain biking is one of the most fun things we do. There is often a steep climb, but the reward is flying down the mountain. It is always nice to be off your feet for a while. At Primal Quest Montana we rode up a ski slope for 7 hours! I was ready to be back on my feet that time. 4. The underlined phrase “put on the back burner” in the first paragraph probably means “________”. A. delayed using for some time B. deserted forever C. forgotten completely D. paid enough attention to 5. The author’s first crash at age 8 ________. A. was an accident that could hardly avoided B. was completely due to his adventurous spirit C. is fresh in his mind as an experience of pride D. shows that mountain biking needs being specially equipped 6. What does the author want to tell us in Paragraphs 3～5? A. How to choose a mountain bike. B. How mountain biking came about. C. What makes a qualified maintain bike. D. The importance of riding a right sized bike. 7. The author finds mountain biking ________. A. a sport out of date B. too dangerous a sport C. a real sport of adventure D. a sport for children, not for adults 答案与解析 4. 答案 A 解析 短语猜测题。根据下文可知，作者小时候就喜欢骑自行车，但 8 岁时遭遇 一次重大骑车事故，所以中间就与自行车隔绝了数年，现在是重拾旧技，故选 A 项。 5. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段第四、五两句可知，车祸完全归咎于作者的冒失， 故选 B 项。 6. 答案 C 解析 段落大意题。这三段主要讨论山地自行车运动需要的合格的自行车的性 能，故选 C 项。 7. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据最后一段首句可判断选 C 项。 Ⅱ.补全对话 November is the month when many people offer thanks. ___1___ Use these tips to help develop a sense of gratitude in each of your children, no matter what their age. ___2___ While sitting at the dinner table, ask each member of the family to think about their day and share something that they are thankful for. Meanwhile, use this same time to ask everyone if there is something that they could improve upon or do better tomorrow. Make yourself be the model. Children learn what they see, not what you say. Keep a gratitude journal. ___3___ Let their first entry be the ABC’s of gratitude, naming one thing for each letter that they are grateful for. Write thank you notes. We live in a time when we commmunicate through text messages, Twitter, and Facebook. Show children the value of writing a thank you note by hand. ___4___ Put together a “care package” of donations for an orphanage nearby. In the season of giving, teaching your child to share his blessings with those less fortunate can be a valuable lesson in gratitude. Use the activity as a jump off point. Gratitude isn’t “taught” overnight, and it is certainly not something that children of a young age can grasp at the start. ___5___ Being grateful is something our kids begin to understand when we act as the model. Grateful kids come from grateful parents. A. Teach them to write in it frequently. B. The means of showing gratitude is important. C. Share what you are grateful for with your children D. It’s a time when we reflect on and count our blessings. E. Parents prepare enough cards for their children. F. Let them create their own thank-you cards. G. Create a routine of giving thanks. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 每年 11 月的第四个星期四是感恩节，父母可利用这个天赐 良机教育你的孩子要懂得感恩、尊重他人。 1. 答案 D 解析 首句的 November is the month ...暗示着正是此时我们应该思考感恩。 2. 答案 G 解析 这是一个主题句，根据该段中的 share something that they are thankful for 可知，作者建议从吃饭的时候开始，让孩子们想起感恩的事。与 G 项中的 create a routine 相符。 3. 答案 A 解析 上一句 Keep a gratitude journal. 是说让孩子们写感恩日记，那么可以推测 空处应是说教他们怎么记录值得感恩的事，与 A 项相符。 4. 答案 F 解析 上一句 Show children the value of writing a thank you note by hand 强调了 写感恩卡的重要性，故空处应紧接着讲让孩子们自己来做“感恩卡”来明白感恩 卡的重要性。 5. 答案 C 解析 下文的 our kids begin to understand when we act as the model 说明家长是 孩子最好的老师，因此让孩子们感受家长感恩的态度很重要。故空处应该是“与 你的孩子分享值得你感恩的事情”。 Ⅲ.语法填空 King: Now, Mr. Martin. I’ve just read your own doctor’s report. So you haven’t been feeling very well ___1___ (late), is that right? Martin: It’s... it’s my leg, doctor. My right leg. I keep ___2___ (get) a strange pain in it. King: Could you tell me what the pain is like? Martin: It’s like .., like boiling water running down my leg. It’s been getting ___3___ (bad) lately, too. I’ve been losing sleep. King: You mean the pain ___4___ (keep) you awake? Martin: Yes, that’s right. It’s been keeping me awake. King: Now, tell me, how ___5___ have you had this trouble? Martin: The pain? For about a year now. King: Hmm... Have you been getting tired lately___6___ you have had a walk? For example, have you been short ___7___ breath, perhaps? Martin: Why, yes! Yes, I have, doctor! King: Hmm... I think we’d better give you___8___few tests here in the hospital. Martin: Do you think it’s serious, doctor? King : Probably not. Martin: But... Doctor Cook, my local doctor, thinks it’s only ___9___ I’ve been working too hard lately. King: That could be the reason. Don’t worry. We’ll ___10___ out soon. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本篇对话谈论的主题是健康问题。说话人经常失眠，却不知 是什么原因，可能是工作太辛苦了。 1. lately。考查词性转换。由语境 haven’t been feeling 现在完成进行时可知，此 处应用 lately，表示“最近，近来”。 2. getting。考查非谓语动词的用法。keep 后面常接动名词形式。 3. worse。考查形容词的比较级形式。由语境可知他的病情恶化了，bad 的比较 级为 worse。 4. has been keeping。考查动词的时态。由下文答语 It’s been keeping me awake. 可 知此处应用现在完成进行时。 5. long。考查副词。由下文 the pain? For about a year now. 可知应用 how long 提 问。 6. after。考查从属连词的用法。句意：你近来散步之后一直感到疲劳吗?故用 after。 7. of。考查介词的用法。be short of. breath 意为“呼吸困难”，故填 of。 8. a。考查不定冠词的用法。此处为不定冠词的固定用法，a few“一些”，用于 可数名词前。 9. because。考查连接词的用法。it’s because ...意为“因为……”。 10. find。考查动词短语。find out“查明，弄清(情况)”，符合语境。 Ⅳ.书面表达 假如你是一名大学生叫李华，对近年来大学毕业生就业情况颇有意见，请根 据下面提供的信息向报社写信谈谈你的看法。字数 100 左右。开头已给出。 学生心态 向往城市，不愿下乡 就业现状 城市人才过剩；农村渴求人才 就业前景 农村天地广阔，可施展才华 Dear editor, I am writing to you to talk about taking up occupations for college graduates.____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ 参考范文 Dear editor I am writing to you to talk about taking up occupations for college graduates. Nowadays many graduates are looking forward to obtaining employment in big cities, not willing to work in the countryside. As a matter of fact, there are not enough opportunities to satisfy most of the job-hunters in big cities while in the countryside talented people are badly needed and a lot of posts are waiting for us. Rural areas are a vast world, where you can put your abilities to good use and you’ll be able to make greater contributions to the building of a new countryside. Therefore, I believe we can have as bright a future in the country as we have in the city. Yours, 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Patti Page, the top selling female artist of the 1950s with more than 100 million records sold, died on January 2nd, 2013, when she was 85. She was one of the most beloved singers of the post war era. Take her “Tennessee Waltz” for example; it sold more than 10 million copies and was her biggest hit. Born in Claremore, Oklahoma, a small town near Tulsa, Page originally dreamed of a career in commercial art. Her first job in the art department at a local radio station soon led to performing on her own 15 minute program. At age 20, Page was discovered by big band leader Jack Rael, who quit his job to become her manager. In 1948, she signed her first recording contract with Mercury Records and two years later enjoyed her first hit record. She stayed with Mercury for the next 14 years and recorded hit after hit including: “With My Eyes Wide Open, I’m Dreaming”, and “Old Cape Cod”. Her last hit was “Hush Hush, Sweet Charlotte”, recorded for the Bette Davis movie of the same name. And then, there was “Doggie In The Window.” The creative tune was a huge hit, but with its repeated barking sounds and silly lyrics(歌 词), the song has been used by many people as an example of all that was wrong with pop music in the early 1950s. Throughout the 1950s, Patti Page made regular appearances on television variety shows and in 1957 she was chosen to host the musical program, “The Big Record.” The following year, Page appeared in her own CBS television series, “The Patti Page Show.” She continued to record and perform into the 21st century, most recently releasing an album of songs for children, a Christmas record, and a new “best of” collection. Besides music, Patti Page did a bit of acting. She co“starred with the Oscar” winning Burt Lancaster in “Elmer Gantry,” and also starred on stage in the musical play “Annie Get Your Gun.” 1. According to the passage, Patti Page________. A. wanted to be a singer as a child B. was born in a small town in 1927 C. was known mainly for her acting skills D. started her work as a TV program hostess 2. According to the passage, which one of her following recorded songs was criticized? A. “Old Cape Cod.” B. “Hush ... Hush, Sweet Charlotte.” C. “Doggie In The Window.” D. “With My Eyes Wide Open, I’m Dreaming.” 3. The “ Tennessee Waltz ” is mentioned in the passage in order to show that ________. A. Patti Page was a beloved singer B. Patti Page’s songs were successful C. Patti Page was the top selling female artist D. Patti Page was good at recording songs 4. We can know from the passage that Patti Page ________. A. got to know Jack Rael in 1945 B. left Mercury Records at the age of 35 C. appeared in The Patti Page Show in 1957 D. wrote many songs for children in her late life 5. It can be inferred from the passage that ________. A. Patti Page gave up singing in public in her late life B. Patti Page’s gift in art began to be shown in her teens C. Patti Page’s great success was due to her hardwork and others’ help D. Patti Page was not only a successful singer but also a successful actress 答案与解析 【解题导语】 2013 年 1 月 2 日，美国歌手派蒂·佩芝与世长辞，享年 85 岁； 她是美国战后时期最受欢迎的女歌手之一。 1. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据 died on January 2nd, 2013, when she was 85 可推断她出 生在 1927 年，再根据第二段 Born in Claremore, Oklahoma, a small town near Tulsa 可知她出生在一个小镇，由此可判断选 B 项。 2. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据第四段 And then, there was“Doggie In The Window”. The creative tune was a huge hit, but with its repeated barking sounds and silly lyrics, the song has been used by many people as an example of all that was wrong with pop music in the early 1950s 可推断“Doggie In The Window”受到许多人的批评，故 选 C 项。 3. 答案 A 解析 推理判断题。根据第一段 She was one of the most beloved singers of the post war era. Take her “Tennessee Waltz” for example; it sold more than 10 million copies and was her biggest hit.可知此处是举例说明她是美国战后时期最受 欢迎的女歌手之一，故选 A 项。 4. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据第三段 In 1948, she signed her first recording contract with Mercury Records and two years later enjoyed her first hit record. She stayed with Mercury for the next 14 years 可知，她是在 35 岁的时候离开了水星唱片公司，故 选 B 项。 5. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。根据派蒂·佩芝不断引起轰动的歌曲可知，她是一位成功的 歌手，根据最后一段可推断她同时也是一位成功的演员，故选 D 项。 Ⅱ.补全对话 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有 两项为多余选项。 Using a Mobile Phone to Improve Mother and Child Health People around the world are working to expand the uses for mobile technology in health care. In the world, there are six billion mobile phone users in a population of seven billion people. ___1___ Africa has widespread adoption. Three or four years ago the penetration rates were 20 percent or 30 percent, and now they’re getting upwards of 60 percent in some countries. ___2___ Earlier research has been to look at mobile technologies and HIV and AIDS. And so we have some great evidence on the effectiveness of mobiles. During the first week of December, 2012, more than 4,000 people from 50 countries met for the fourth annual mHealth Summit. It brought together experts from what the organizers call the mHealth ecosystem. In 2011 Secretary of State Hillary Clinton started a public/private partnership called the Mobile Alliance for Maternal Action, or MAMA. There are about 800 women a day and about three million babies a year die from pregnancy and childbirth related causes. ___3___ The messages cover pregnancy and the first year of a baby’s life. These health messages may also be sent to a pregnant woman’s husband and mother in law. ___4___ Messages can be text or voicemail. You can have a pregnant woman in Bangladesh registered into a system that provides messages that help her know what to do and when to do certain things. Simple text messages can be important sources of informatiou to people without Internet access. ___5___ They have to he able to read through thousands of entries that come back to them on Google, for example, and then figure out what that information means to them. And that’s not something that someone in a poor and uneducated kind of situation can do. A. They have no access to the relevant information. B. That way they too can understand what needs to be done. C. Millions of messages about baby care are received every day. D. A lot of work has been done to use mobile technology for health. E. And the most rapidly growing markets are those in developing countries. F. The program sends messages to women to educate them about their health. G. Besides, online users may sometimes not understand all the information available. 答案 1—5 EDFBG Ⅲ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出可以 填入空白处的最佳选项。 I was in Houston a few weeks ago, and needed to be back home in Austin by noon the next day. I’d have a long, tiring ride home, so I decided to ___1___ around 5 in the morning. I was on I-10 in the middle of Houston when I realized I left my inhaler behind, and had to ___2___ to get it. I took the first exit I could, but when I rounded the corner, an 18 wheeler was stopped dead in the exit lane. I swerved to ___3___ it, but clipped the curb and my tire blew out. I pulled into a small parking lot and found the area ___4___ at 5:15 am. I’ve lived in urban areas most of my life. I’m fairly streetwise and not ___5___ scared, but I knew I was in a pretty___6___ neighborhood. There was no one in Houston to pick me up. I immediately ___7___ the doors and picked up my phone to call a tow truck. Soon a man___8___on my driver’s side window and asked if he could help me. From his ___9___ and behaviour, I knew he was far more likely to ___10___ than help me, so I politely ___11___ him down and told him the tow truck was due any minute. He asked again, but again I politely ___12___. He finally said, “Ma’am, you need help. It remains to be seen whether the tow truck will arrive, and you aren’t going anywhere until you get the tire replaced.” I looked hard, straight into his eyes, and ___13___ saw someone different from the thug (恶棍) he appeared to be at first glance. So,___14___all rational judgment, but trusting my instincts (本能), I got out. He looked ___15___, but go right to work, trying to find the ___16___. It took a while, ___17___ it was stored underneath the van. He ___18___ the tire, returned the seat(机座) to its place and said, “Thank you for letting me help you. You gave me a (n) ___19___ when most people would never open the door to someone like me.” I left with a new tire and a renewed ___20___ in human nature. 1. A. set out B. set down C. set about D. set aside 2. A. run B. continue C. return D. speed 3. A. catch B. escape C. follow D. avoid 4. A. crowded B. deserted C. scaring D. noisy 5. A. suddenly B. terribly C. easily D. likely 6. A. tough B. friendly C. safe D. modern 7. A. opened B. locked C. cleaned D. covered 8. A. struck B. pushed C. touched D. knocked 9. A. inspiration B. attitude C. appearance D. introduction 10. A. attack B. bully C. rob D. cheat 11. A. put B. beat C. turned D. dragged 12. A. responded B. explained C. declined D. enquired 13. A. hopefully B. instinctively C. eventually D. purposefully 14. A. beyond B. above C. without D. against 15. A. surprised B. excited C. grateful D. pleased 16. A. point B. fault C. spare D. problem 17. A. since B. when C. after D. before 18. A. repaired B. changed C. exchanged D. removed 19. A. favor B. gift C. impression D. chance 20. A. relief B. faith C. interest D. understanding 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文为记叙文。文中讲述了“我”在路上遭遇车爆胎，在一 个有麻烦的地方经过一番心理斗争接受别人帮助的故事。 1. 答案 A 解析 根据上文可知，路程比较远，所以早上 5 点左右“我”就出发了。set out “出发”。 2. 答案 C 解析 return“返回”。根据上文的 I left my inhaler behind 可知，“我”不得不返 回取“我”落下的空气过滤器。 3. 答案 D 解析 avoid“避免；避开；躲避”。“我”转向以回避它，但撞上了路缘，车爆 胎了。 4. 答案 B 解析 deserted“没人的；被遗弃的”。“我”来到一个小停车场，发现这地方没 人。 5. 答案 C 解析 “我”有在现代化城市生存的能力，不容易(easily)受到惊吓。 6. 答案 A 解析 tough“不幸的；倒霉的”。但“我”知道自己现在处于一个倒霉的(tough) 地方。 7. 答案 B 解析 lock“锁上”。由上文可知，在休斯敦没有人能接“我”。所以“我”立刻 锁上了门，然后给拖车公司打电话。 8. 答案 D 解析 根据空后的 my driver’s side window and asked if he could help me，可知， 这里应用 knock“敲；打；敲击”。 9. 答案 C 解析 appearance“外貌；外观”。下文的信息 someone different from the thug he appeared to be at first glance 是提示。 10. 答案 C 解析 rob“抢劫；掠夺”。从他的外表和举止上看，他更有可能抢劫“我”而 并非帮助“我”。 11. 答案 C 解析 根据空后的 told him the tow truck was due any minute 可知，“我”拒绝了 他。 12. 答案 C 解析 decline“谢绝；婉拒”。他又问了一遍，但“我”又礼貌地拒绝了。 13. 答案 B 解析 instinctively“本能地”。下文信息 all rational judgment, but trusting my instincts 是提示。 14. 答案 D 解析 against“违反”。虽然与所有的理性判断相违背，但这次“我”相信“我” 的直觉。 15. 答案 A 解析 根据空后的 but 和下一段的 when most people would never open the door to someone like me 可知，这个人看上去很惊讶。 16. 答案 C 解析 spare“备用零件，备胎”。根据下文的 it was stored underneath the van 可 知，这里指“备用轮胎”。 17. 答案 A 解析 空后的句子是空前句子的原因，故用 since。 18. 答案 B 解析 change“更换；替换”。他更换了轮胎。 19. 答案 D 解析 大多数人不愿给他那种长相的人做好事的“机会”。chance 表示“机会”。 20. 答案 B 解析 faith“信任；忠实”。根据上文可知，这里讲“我”重新获得了对他人的 信任。 Ⅳ.语法填空 W: Excuse me. I ___1___ (check) out of the hotel a moment ago. Now I want to go to the Art Museum, but I’m a stranger here. ___2___ you possibly tell me how I can get there, please? M: You mean ___3___ (go)to the Art Museum? It’s on the South Street, near the lake. W: Is it far to walk? M: It’s quite a long way. You can’t walk there, ___4___ you want to challenge yourself. W: Can I take a bus from here? M: Yes. ___5___ No. 7 bus passes here and will take you directly to the destination. W: Where is the bus stop,___6___ ? M: Turn left outside the hotel. Go straight ahead until you get to the main road. ___7___ (turn) right, you’ll see the bus stop is on the right hand, opposite the park. W: Well, that’s a bit beyond___8___. I think I’ll take a taxi. Could you order me a taxi, please? M: There’s a taxi standing outside. Wait there for a minute and a taxi will be at ___9___. W: Thanks. You’re a ___10___ (much) helpful person than anyone I’ve ever met! M: You’re welcome. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本篇对话中，一个人询问去美术馆的路，对方耐心地给予帮 助。 1. checked。考查时态。与时间状语 a moment ago 呼应，这里用一般过去时表示 过去的动作。 2. Could/Can。考查情态动词。句中有副词 possibly，此时只能用 can / could 与之 连用表示可能性。can / could you possibly ...意为“请你……可以吗?” 3. to go。考查非谓语动词。这里 mean to do sth. 表示“打算做某事”，是习惯用 法。 4. unless。考查状语从句。根据语境可知，这里应用 unless 引导状语从句。此处 表示“除非你想挑战自己”。 5. The。考查冠词。这里单数名词 bus 前面应加定冠词表示特指。 6. then。考查副词。根据语境可知，这里应用 then 表示“那么”。此处表示说话 人问了一个问题之后，接着又问了一个问题：那么，公交车站在哪呢? 7. Turning。考查非谓语动词。所给动词 turn 与句子的主语是逻辑上的主谓关系， 应用现在分词作状语。 8. me。考查代词。语境表示“这可把我给难住了”。be beyond sb. 表示“使某人 无法想象(或理解、做等)”。 9. hand。考查固定搭配。at hand 表示“在近处，在手边”。句意：你在那里等一 会儿就会有出租车出现在你身边了。 10. more。考查比较级。与句中的 than 呼应，这里应用比较级。此处表示“你比 我遇到的任何人都乐于助人”。 Ⅴ.书面表达 假设你是李华，今年初次到英国，欲寻找一个住宿的地方。你在报纸上看到 下面的广告，颇感兴趣，但是对此广告，你尚有许多不明之处，你将这些疑问都 标在广告上了。你将用英语给房东写一封信，简要介绍你的情况并就你的疑问提 出询问。 注意： 1. 词数 120 左右。 2. 广告上的要点均要提及，可适当增加细节，以使文章连贯。 3. 信的开头和结尾已写出，不计入总词数。 Dear Sir / Madam， ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Yours faithfully， 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选顼(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Award-winning author Emma Donoghue ’ s latest book, Room , is a unique and amazing story about a boy’s experience living in a small, windowless room with his mother. The space between the walls of the room is actually all the boy knows because he was born there and has never left. Room will horrify, surprise, sadden, and finally delight you. Attracted from the start, readers of all sorts won’t want to put Room down. ◆First published in the US in September 2010 ◆Publisher: Little Brown ◆321 Pages Literary master Ian McEwan returns with Solar , a novel about a Nobel Prize-winning physicist. The physicist’s personal life is in a mess as his fifth marriage breaks, but this time he actually loves his wife and wants to make things better. Solar is a funny story, completely unusual and as good as anything the writer has ever written. ◆Published in March 2010 ◆Publisher: Knopf Doubleday ◆304 Pages One Day by David Nicholls was an international bestseller before it was released in the US in June. Although it is well written and funny at times, don’t be fooled — this isn’t a good-feeling romantic comedy. If you decide to read it, be prepared for some heavy moments. ◆Published in the US in June 2010 ◆Publisher: Vintage Contemporaries ◆437 Pages Fall of Giants by Ken Follett is the first book in a new trilogy (三 部 曲 ) that will take readers through the major events of the twentieth century by following five families. In Fall of Giants, most of the action centers on World War I and the Bolshevik Revolution. Although Fall of Giants is more than 1,000 pages and has many characters, the story is remarkably connected. ◆Published in September 2010 ◆Publisher: Dutton ◆1,008 Pages 1. Which of the following is NOT true according to the text? A. Ian McEwan once won the Nobel Prize. B. Fall of Giants is mostly set in wars. C. One Day is written by David Nicholls. D. Solar is a funny story about a physicist. 2. We can know from the text that ________. A. the main character of Room has a wide range of knowledge B. Solar is the only book that Ian McEwan has ever written C. all the four books were not published in the same month D. One Day is a funny romantic comedy that sells very well 3. We can infer from the passage that ________. A. Ian McEwan’s sixth marriage broke B. Room by Emma Donoghue has a happy ending C. the publisher of One Day is Little Brown D. Dutton and Ken Follett are both publishers 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是应用文。主要向我们介绍了四位作者以及他们各自的 作品。 1. 答案 A 解析 正误判断题。根据文中的 Literary master Ian McEwan returns with Solar , a novel about a Nobel Prize-winning physicist 可知，伊恩·麦克尤恩小说中的人 物获得了诺贝尔奖，并非他本人。故选 A 项。 2. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据文中对这四本书的出版时间的介绍可知，这四本书并不 都在同一个月份出版。故选 C 项。 3. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据文中的 Room will horrify, surprise, sadden, and finally delight you 可推知， Room 这本书有一个好结局。故选 B 项。 Homestay provides English language students with the opportunity to speak English outside the classroom and the experience of being part of a British home. What to Expect The host will provide accommodation and meals. Rooms will be cleaned and bedcovers changed at least once a week. You will be given the house key and the host is there to offer help and advice as well as to take an interest in your physical and mental health. Accommodation Zones Homestays are located in London mainly in Zones 2, 3 and 4 of the transport system. Most hosts do not live in the town centre as much of central London is commercial and not residential( 居 住 的 ). Zones 3 and 4 often offer larger accommodation in a less crowded area. It is very convenient to travel in London by Underground. Meal Plans Available ◆Continental Breakfast ◆Breakfast and Dinner ◆Breakfast, Packed Lunch and Dinner It’s important to note that few English families still provide a traditional cooked breakfast. Your accommodation includes Continental Breakfast which normally consists of fruit juice, cereal (谷物类食品), bread and tea or coffee. Cheese, fruit and cold meat are not normally part of a Continental Breakfast in England. Dinners usually consist of meat or fish with vegetables followed by dessert, fruit and coffee. Friends If you wish to invite a friend over to visit, you must first ask your host’s permission. You have no right to entertain friends in a family home as some families feel it is an invasion of their privacy. Self-Catering Accommodation in Private Homes Accommodation on a room-only basis includes shared kitchen and bathroom facilities and often a main living room. This kind of accommodation offers an independent lifestyle and is more suitable for the long-stay student. However, it does not provide the same family atmosphere as an ordinary homestay and may not benefit those who need to practise English at home quite as much. 4. The passage is probably written for ________. A. hosts willing to receive foreign students B. foreigners hoping to build British culture C. travellers planning to visit families in London D. English learners applying to live in English homes 5. Which of the following will the host provide? A. Room cleaning. B. Medical care. C. Free transport. D. Physical training. 6. What can be inferred from Paragraph 3? A. Zone 4 is more crowded than Zone 2. B. The business centre of London is in Zone 1. C. Hosts dislike travelling to the city centre. D. Accommodation in the city centre is not provided. 7. According to the passage, what does Continental Breakfast include? A. Dessert and coffee. B. Fruit and vegetables. C. Bread and fruit juice. D. Cereal and cold meat. 8. Why do some people choose self-catering accommodation? A. To experience a warmer family atmosphere. B. To enrich their knowledge of English. C. To entertain friends as they like. D. To enjoy much more freedom. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文为应用文，介绍了为学生们提供课堂以外说英语的机会并体 验成为英国家庭成员的一分子的“客居外国家庭”活动的各种信息。 4. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。由第一段第一句可知，Homestay 为学习英语的学生提供在 课堂外说英语的机会和成为英国家庭成员的体验。再结合文章的内容可推知这篇 文章大概是为那些申请在英国人家中居住的英语学习者写的。 5. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。由第二段第二句可知 A 项的叙述符合题意。主人能够提供的 东西主要在第二段进行论述，该段并没有告诉读者主人将为入住者提供医疗护 理、免费交通和身体训练。 6. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据第三段前两句可推断出伦敦的 2，3，4 区是居住区，即 反推出 1 区是伦敦的商业区。 7. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。由第四段中的 Continental Breakfast which normally consists of fruit juice，cereal，bread and tea or coffee 可知，A，B，D 三项的叙述是错误，只 有 C 项中的 Bread and fruit juice 是正确的。故选 C 项。 8. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。由最后一段第二句中的 This kind of accommodation offers an independent lifestyle 可知，Self-Catering Accommodation 能够为住宿者提供更多 的自由，这与 D 项的叙述一致。A，B，C 三项的内容均没有在最后一段提及，故 排除。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出可以 填入空白处的最佳选项。 A new word has suddenly become wildly popular in China — “tuhao”. It’s being used to describe ___1___ from the new building of People’s Daily to expensive ___2___ weddings full of millionaires, and the new gold-colored iPhone. In Chinese “tu” means ___3___ , and “hao” means rich. To say someone is tuhao is to ___4___ they come from a poor ___5___ background, and have made it rich quickly — but don’t quite have the manners to___6___ it. “ Tuhao” is ___7___ an old word — dating back perhaps as___8___as the Southern Dynasty 1,500 years ago — but ___9___ has always meant something rather different. During the communist revolution, from the 1920s to early 1950s, it was widely used to refer to landholders and the gentry (乡绅) who would often do bad things to those ___10___ them. This new usage of the term ___11___ in September after a widely-shared ___12___ about a rich, but ___13___ man, who went to a Buddhist monk for advice,___14___to be told how to live a more simple life. The monk replied ___15___ with the phrase “Tuhao, let’s be friends!” Chinese ___16___ users are highly creative in their use of language, and are ___17___ inventing, and reinventing words as a way of getting past censorship (审查) rules. But in this ___18___, its popularity seems to be down to the fact ___19___ it encapsulates (概括) China’s changing society so well — many people laugh at those with wealth, but are ___20___ jealous. 1. A. everybody B. everything C. everywhere D. everyone 2. A. ability B. security C. celebrity D. safety 3. A. earth B. sky C. space D. ash 4. A. announce B. cry C. remember D. imply 5. A. peasant B. soldier C. scholar D. teacher 6. A. put up with B. get away with C. come up with D. go along with 7. A. finally B. eventually C. actually D. lately 8. A. long B. far C. high D. late 9. A. it B. he C. she D. any 10. A. above B. beside C. beneath D. in 11. A. took up B. took down C. took off D. took in 12. A. news B. joke C. accident D. history 13. A. unhappy B. happy C. unlucky D. lucky 14. A. expecting B. imagining C. counting D. dreaming 15. A. still B. even C. rather D. instead 16. A. Internet B. TV C. telephone D. blog 17. A. quickly B. slowly C. constantly D. unconsciously 18. A. expedition B. case C. exploration D. environment 19. A. how B. why C. that D. when 20. A. openly B. publicly C. closely D. secretly 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了英语中 tuhao 一词的来源。 “土豪”原指在旧社会乡里横行霸道的地主和乡绅，后被网友广泛用来指那些有 钱的人。 1．答案 B 解析 从空后的 from the new building of People’s Daily ... and the new gold-colored iPhone 可知，此处指的是物，故用 everything。 2．答案 C 解析 根据语境并结合后面的 full of millionaires 可知，此处指豪华的“名人”婚 礼。 3．答案 A 解析 根据常识可知，汉语中“土”的本意是“土地”，因此选 A 项。 4．答案 D 解析 说某人是土豪即暗示他们有贫农背景。imply“暗示”，符合语境。 5．答案 A 解析 根据上下文并结合常识可知，与土地打交道的是农民，因此用 peasant“农 民”。 6．答案 D 解析 根据 but 的转折语气同时结合文中对土豪的介绍可知，此处指土豪的行为 举止与其富有程度不配，因此选 D 项。 7．答案 C 解析 根据语境可知，此处指土豪一词实际上并不是新词，所以用 actually“事 实上，实际上”。 8．答案 B 解析 as far as+时间点表示“远至……”，符合语境。 9．答案 A 解析 用 it 代指上文提到的 tuhao。 10．答案 C 解析 这些地主阶级和乡绅欺压比他们社会地位低的百姓，所以用 beneath，表 示“在……以下”。 11．答案 C 解析 本段是对“土豪”一词再次走红的介绍，这里用 take off 表示“(观念等) 突然流行”，符合语境。 12．答案 B 解析 由本段后面的内容可推断，故事内容不合逻辑，带有调侃，故这是流传的 “笑话”。选 B 项。 13．答案 A 解析 此处 but 表示转折，故用 unhappy，表示这个富人虽有钱但并不开心。 14．答案 A 解析 富人想过更简单的生活，“期望”从修行的僧侣那儿得到答案。故选 A 项。 15．答案 D 解析 由后文可知，禅师回答的不是这个富人所期望的，因此用 instead“反而”。 16．答案 A 解析 此处指中国网民在语言使用上极富创造性，他们常常对语言进行创造和再 创造，以此来回避审查。应选 A 项。 17．答案 C 解析 结合语境并根据 inventing 可知，应用 constantly“始终，一直”，表示一 直都在进行的动作。 18．答案 B 解析 此处指就土豪这个例子来说。case“实例”，符合语境。 19．答案 C 解析 fact 后跟同位语从句，解释说明 fact 的具体内容，故用 that 引导。 20．答案 D 解析 此处 but 表示转折，故选 D 项。很多人嘲讽富人，但暗地里却在妒忌。 Ⅲ.语法填空 TFK: What is Camp BroaderWay’s mission? KRISTIN: It is to provide a space and opportunity for urban girls to learn to gain confidence through self-expression in the arts, ___1___ they can go back to their communities and speak up for ___2___. TFK: How many girls attend Camp BroaderWay? KRISTIN: The first summer we took 35 campers ___3___ had just finished the sixth grade, and decided that they would make a four-year commitment to the camp. We ___4___ (take) 15 new campers to make a total of 50 campers last year. TFK: What type of programs ___5___ the camp include? KRISTIN: We do everything. We swim, and do arts and crafts. We have___6___ (real) unique electives (选修课程) like the spoken word, songwriting, acting classes and vocal classes this year. We ’ re able to work with the girls in ___7___ (differ) performing arts directions. TFK: Do the girls perform in musicals, or in other types of shows? KRISTIN:___8___was a talent show, and a session with poetry or the spoken word that was all original. During one of the previous shows, Diana wrote a song ___9___ (call) The Tree Song. It had to do with a tree and all of its aspects: ___10___ trunk, the roots, the branches, and what they mean. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 记者采访了一个旨在帮助女孩子的公益机构的创始人之一 Kristin，询问了这个机构的目的、有多少女孩子参加这个机构的夏令营活动以及 他们还为女孩子提供哪些活动等问题。 1. so that。考查状语从句。Camp BroaderWay 为农村的女孩子提供一个空间和机 会，让她们充满自信。这样她们回到社区后可以为自己说话。逗号后为结果状语 从句，所以填 so that。 2. themselves。考查代词。speak up for“(尤指为……)说好话”，因此填反身代词 themselves。 3. who/that。考查定语从句。此处为定语从句，先行词为 35 campers，空格处在 句中作主语，因此填关系代词 who/that。 4. took。考查谓语动词。句中的时间状语 last year 表明谓语动词用一般过去时， 因此填 took。 5. does。考查动词时态。说话人询问通常的情况，应用一般现在时。本句为特殊 疑问句，因此填助动词 does。 6. really。考查副词。本空在形容词前，应填副词 really。 7. different。考查形容词。本空在名词前，因此填形容词 different，作定语。 8. There。考查固定句式。此处表示“某处有某物”，故用 there be 结构，因此填 there。 9. called。考查非谓语动词。空白处填 called“名叫……”，为过分分词短语作后 置定语，相当于一个定语从句。 10. the。考查冠词。根据后面两个名词前有定冠词 the 可判断出，trunk 前应填 定冠词 the。 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳选项。 On Jan. 23, 2012, I was aboard a ship on the Yangtze River, listening to the sound of fireworks and eating plate after plate of dumplings. On Sunday Feb. 10, 2013, I was preparing to celebrate Chinese New Year again — in London’s Chinatown. It was raining. It was cold. But ever since I left Beijing in August, I had promised myself I would celebrate Chinese New Year — if only to help with my Beijing “homesickness”. Central London was dressed up for the occasion. There was a stage for a big fireworks display for the evening. Even so, it wasn’t like my real Beijing Chunjie. Even buying a jiaozi didn’t cheer me up. It cost about 10 times as much as the real thing does in Beijing and got stuck to its rain-ruined paper bag. Cold, wet and depressed, I ran into a shop for shelter. Suddenly, there it was. Between the packets of dried meat and fish, the bags of rice and the smell of dried noodles in this little Chinese supermarket, I found home. An hour later, I hurried into my house with bags of frozen jiaozi, packets of sauce and a large bottle of vinegar. I boiled water, tore open the packets, grabbed my chopsticks and settled down to a feast. This, I thought, was a happy Chinese New Year. I even watched the fireworks on TV. After all, why face the British weather when I can bring China home in one bite? 1. We can conclude from the first three paragraphs that the author ________. A. likes watching fireworks on the boat B. misses Chinese food more than anything else C. finds it great fun to celebrate Chinese New Year D. misses her life in Beijing very much 2. How did the author feel when she found some Chinese foods in a supermarket? A. A little curious. B. Rather tired. C. A bit comfortable. D. Very depressed. 3. Why did the author watch the fireworks on TV? A. She didn’t want to get wet and cold again. B. The square is far away from where she lived. C. She doesn’t like fireworks very much. D. She was too hungry to go out. 4. What is the best title of the passage? A. Unforgettable Chunjie in Beijing B. Wonderful Experience in Britain C. Finding Home in London D. Festival in London 答案与解析 【解题导语】 春节时，身在伦敦的作者想尽办法缓解乡愁，最后在超市买 到的中国食物让作者找到了家的感觉。 1．答案 D 解析 推理判断题。根据前三段，尤其是第三段可知，作者离开北京时就决定要 以过春节的方式缓解乡愁，由此可推知作者想念北京的生活，应选 D 项。 2．答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第六段，尤其是最后一句话可知，作者在超市意外发现 了中国食物时心情好了一些，因此选 C 项。 3．答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据第三段中的 It was raining. It was cold．及第六段的第一 句 Cold, wet and depressed, I ran into a shop for shelter．和最后一段中的 After all, why face the British weather when I can bring China home in one bite?可知，作者之 所以在电视上看烟花是不想再淋雨受冻。 4．答案 C 解析 标题判断题。身在他乡的作者想庆祝春节以解乡愁，但在阴雨、寒冷的天 气出门买回昂贵且被雨淋毁了的饺子让作者高兴不起来，最后意外在超市买到的 中国食物让作者找到了家的感觉，因此 C 项最适合作文章标题。 Ⅱ.补全对话 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有 两项为多余选项。 Through the years, I’ve noticed that students have trouble for a variety of reasons. However, there are some simple measures that have surprisingly positive impacts on your learning. Below is a list of measures you can take to improve your grade. Make sure your life is not in chaos. ___1___ Some chaos in life surrounding family, finances, personal relationships, etc., is normal, but in rare instances it becomes overwhelming. If you have such major issues, then you should get some help. ___2___ It is going to be hard to do well in a class, if you don’t know when assignments and exams are occurring, how much they are worth in terms of your grade, and what you should read. Get a calendar and mark down all of these dates for all of your classes for the entire semester. Plan ahead. Once you get organized, begin to think ahead. You should always be roughly aware of what is coming up over the next month, and have a very specific idea of what is expected of you over the next two weeks. ___3___ Read ahead. One reason why lectures don’t always make sense is that you have not developed enough of a context in which to flame the lecture. ___4___ It will also help you understand what is going on in lecture. Don’t ignore the signals. If you do poorly on an exam or on some homework, something is wrong. If you find yourself cramming the night before an exam, staying up all night doing schoolwork, missing one class to complete work for another, etc., something is wrong. ___5___ Of course, reading this list is not enough, you must take action. A. Get organized. B. Take good notes. C. There is no excuse not to attend class. D. Reading the required material before it is discussed in class gives you this context. E. If you wait too long to act on such signals, there will be little anyone can do to help. F. It is obviously hard to learn if your life outside of the class is in a complete mess. G. Being able to complete an assignment slowly before a deadline will make for a better project. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是说明文。文章就如何提高成绩，向学生提出了一些建 议。 1. 答案 F 解析 本空为过渡句。空处是对主题句 Make sure your life is not in chaos. 的阐 述。 2. 答案 A 解析 本空为主题句。由该空后的信息和下一段中的 Once you get organized, begin to think ahead. 可推知答案。 3. 答案 G 解析 由本段的主题 Plan ahead. 可推知答案。 4. 答案 D 解析 由空前的 One reason why lectures don’t always make sense is that you have not developed enough of a context in which to flame the lecture. 可知答案。 5. 答案 E 解析 由本段的主题句 Don’t ignore the signals. 可推知答案。 Ⅲ.语法填空 W: As we know, a popular means of transportation, cars have contributed to environmental pollution. Therefore, we ___1___ (invite) an expert, Professor Trowel, to give us advice on how to reduce the use of cars. M: Actually, most car journeys are such short ones ___2___ we could walk or cycle. Leg power can save our money, keep us fit and enable us to live longer. And regular exercise can cut the risk of heart disease by 50%! W: What if we ___3___ make long journeys, Mr. Trowel? M: As for long journeys, ___4___ (useful) public transport. On average, a bus can seat forty people, while the same number will occupy 10 cars. ___5___ , we can talk to someone or simply enjoy the beauty of nature along the way by traveling on a bus or train. W: Are there any other ways to reduce the number of cars on the road? M: Yes. If we really must use a car, share___6___ with someone else. It is much ___7___ (cheap), and it’s good for the environment. W: So we should take___8___now and do whichever of the things that suit us. Don’t sit there just ___9___ (make) a complaint. I’m sure that with our common effort, we can make ___10___ great difference. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本篇对话介绍了如何减少开车的频率，为环保作出贡献。 1. have invited。考查时态。语境说“我们邀请了……”，这里用现在完成时。 2. that。考查状语从句。与上文中的 such 呼应，这里用 such ... that ...引导结果状 语从句，such ... that ....表示“如此……以至于……”。 3. must。考查情态动词。此处 must 表示“必须，一定要”。此处表示“要是我们 必须进行长途旅行会怎么样呢?”。 4. use。考查词性转换。本空所在句是个祈使句，应该用动词形式。 5. Besides。考查副词。从语境的行文逻辑看，这里用副词 besides，besides 表示 “况且”。 6. it。考查代词。这里用 it 指代前面的名词 car。 7. cheaper。考查形容词的比较级。这里用形容词 cheap 的比较级与前面的修饰 语 much 呼应，表示“这要便宜很多”。 8. action。考查固定短语。这里应用短语 take action 表示“采取行动”，因此本空 填名词 action。 9. making。考查非谓语动词。这里应用 make 的现在分词形式作状语，表示伴随 状况。 10. a。考查冠词。make a great difference“有重大影响”，为固定搭配。 Ⅳ.短文改错 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作 文。文中共有 10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的 增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意： 1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。 2.只允许修改 10 处，多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。 Born in Oct. 28, 1955, Bill Gates grew up in Seattle with his two sisters. Bill Gates attended public elementary school or the private Lakeside School, there he discovered his interest in software and begin programming computers at age 13. In 1973, Gates entered into Harvard University as a freshman. In her junior year, Gates left Harvard to devote himself to develop Microsoft, guiding by a belief that the computer would be a tool of great valuable on every office desktop. He proved to be success in the IT field. 答案 答案 Born in Oct. 28, 1955, Bill Gates grew up in Seattle with his two sisters. Bill on Gates attended public elementary school or the private Lakeside School, there he and where discovered his interest in software and begin programming computers at age 13. In began 1973, Gates entered into ＼ University as a freshman. In her junior year, Gates his left Harvard to devote himself to develop Microsoft, guiding by a belief that the developing guided computer would be a tool of great valuable on every office desktop. He proved to be value success in the IT field. a success / successful Ⅳ.书面表达 春节期间，很多同学收到了父母和亲戚给的压岁钱，近日，你在你班做了一 个关于“中学生如何使用压岁钱”的调查,请根据以下内容和要求写一篇短文。 【写作内容】 1. 使用方式： 存入银行，养成节约的习惯； 购买书籍，获取更多的知识； 其他方式……(至少写两种方式)； 2. 请发表你对压岁钱使用的看法。 【写作要求】 字数：100-120 字 文章第一句已经给出，不计入总数。 Recently, I have carried out a survey on how middle school students use our lucky money in my class.________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ 参考范文 Recently, I have carried out a survey on how middle school students use our lucky money in my class. The majority of my classmates would like to save it in the bank to cultivate a good habit of saving money, and we can take it out when we really need it. Some of us feel like buying some books on science or arts which bring us more knowledge, while some students intend to spend it on their hobbies. Some are so warm-hearted as to offer their lucky money to the children in the remote district to get education. Others prefer to spend money on stamp collecting, music, sports and so on. Personally speaking, different persons may have different choices on how to spend his or her lucky money, but we should never waste it just eating junk food or playing electronic games. 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 3D Printers on the Rise How do people traditionally manufacture things? They usually start with a sheet of metal, wood or other material and cut, drill and shave it to create a desired shape. Sometimes, they use a mold made of metal or sand, pour liquid plastic or metal into it and let it cool to create a solid part. Now, a completely different method is gaining popularity. On Oct. 9, London Science Museum kicked off its new exhibition, 3D: Printing the Future, with over 600 3D printed objects on display, including space probes (航天探 测器), toy dolls and even human organs — basically any product you can think of, reported Live Science. You might find it hard to believe that an object can actually be “printed out” like a picture. But it is not that hard to understand how it works. Just as a traditional printer sprays ink onto paper line by line, modern 3D printers spread material onto a surface layer by layer, from the bottom to the top, gradually building up a shape. Instead of ink, the materials the 3D printers uses are mainly plastic, resin(树脂) and certain metals. The thinner each layer is — from a millimeter to less than the width of a hair — the smoother and finer the object will be. And objects always come out in one piece, sparing you the trouble of putting different parts together afterward. In fact, 3D printers have been around for some time, but until recently they hadn’t been very popular Since few people could afford them. Last year, though, saw a big decrease in the price of 3D printers. For example, 10 years ago a desktop 3D printer might cost ＄20,000, while now it costs only about ＄1,000, according to the BBC. However, as 3D printing technology becomes more commonplace, it may trigger certain problems. One of them is piracy(盗版行为). “ Once you can download a coffee maker, or print out a new set of kitchen utensils(厨房用具) on your personal 3D printer, who will visit a retail store again?” an expert on 3D printing told Forbes News. Even more frightening, the world’s first 3D printed gun was successfully fired in the US in May of this year, which means that 3D printing could potentially give more people access to weapons. 1. According to the article, in the future, 3D printing technology will probably ________. A. be applied as widely in our daily life as computers B. enable people to make better purchases in retail stores C. revolutionize the way people make products D. take the place of normal printers and save lots of energy 2. What was the big event that happened in the 3D printing industry last year? A. Over 600 3D printed objects were on display in an exhibition. B. The 3D printer became more affordable for consumers. C. The world’s first 3D printed gun was successfully made. D. 3D printing technology came to be used in various fields. 3. Which of the following is one of the concerns about 3D printing technology according to the article? A. 3D printers cannot put together different parts by themselves. B. Professional knowledge is needed to operate a 3D printer. C. It may increase the number of people with weapons. D. 3D printers might hurt the profits of companies that make normal printers. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了 3D 打印机所使用的材料及 其可打印的东西，而作者对其应用前景既乐观又感到忧虑。 1．答案 C 解析 细节理解题。A 项文中没有提到，故排除 A 项；倒数第二段中说一旦 3D 打印机能够打印出一套新的餐具，谁还会再去零售商店?故 B 项不正确。而 C 项 要革新人们制造产品的方式，这与文中第一、二段所说明的情况是一致的；因为 文中并没提到 3D 打印机要替代正常打印机和节能的问题，故 D 项不正确。 2．答案 B 解析 细节理解题。由倒数第三段中的 Last year，though，saw a big decrease in the price of 3D printers．可知，应选 B 项。 3．答案 C 解析 细节理解题。最后一段提到 3D 打印机所带来的隐患——打印武器，这样 就会使拥有武器的人越来越多。故选 C 项。 The sunflower plant bears bright yellow flowers that always face the sun, hence the name. However, the plant is grown not only for its beautiful flowers, but also for its oil that has a host of health benefits. Sunflower oil prevents diseases, lowers cholesterol levels, keeps the heart healthy, and even prevents certain forms of cancer. Sunflower oil is a kind of “magic oil” when it comes to skin care, as it makes your skin soft and smooth, and prevents signs of aging. So, let us know more about its effects on your skin. 1. It Acts as an Effective Emollient(润肤霜). Sunflower oil is an effective emollient, which means that it helps the skin retain moisture. Thus, people with dry skin can benefit immensely from the regular use of the oil. Also, it is mild, soothing, and provides relief from irritation and inflammation of the skin. 2. It Offers Sun Protection. Sunflower oil is a rich source of vitamin E. The high vitamin content prevents the sensitive cells of the skin from being damaged by the ultraviolet (UV) rays of the sun. Also, the beta-carotene (β-胡萝卜素) present in sunflower oil helps neutralize free radicals that are responsible for causing damage to the skin, including sunburn and skin cancers. 3. It Prevents Earlier Aging. Vitamin E present in sunflower oil not only protects the skin from sun damage, but also from earlier aging. What’s more, regular use of sunflower oil can reduce wrinkles and make one look younger. Also, sunflower oil is rich in antioxidants(抗氧 化物质) that keep the skin fresh. 4. It Prevents Skin Infections. Sunflower oil is a rich source of essential fatty acids that protect the skin from bacterial infections. Hence, it gives you a healthy skin. 5. Additional Effects. There are other ways in which sunflower oil can prove to be a boon for your skin. These are given as follows: It helps reduce dark spots; it helps lighten dark circles; it helps soften rough and dry skin; it can be used to remove make-up; it helps relax tired eyes. 4. Sunflower oil can be good for the following EXCEPT ________. A. reducing cholesterol levels B. preventing heart diseases C. making skin smooth and impressive D. curing some kinds of cancers 5. Sunflower oil can protect you from sunburn ________. A. because it helps the skin retain moisture B. because it is indeed high in vitamin E C. because it is a good emollient D. because it contains slight beta-carotene 6. What are the functions of vitamin E? A. To make ultraviolet rays and beta-carotene. B. To stop sunburn and treat skin cancers. C. To protect skin and slow the pace of aging. D. To produce wrinkles and make skin bright. 7. Which of the following is NOT true? A. Sunflower oil can weaken dark spots. B. Sunflower oil may lead to skin infections. C. Sunflower oil can make you attractive. D. Sunflower oil may keep eyes in comfort. 8. Which is the best title for the passage? A. Benefits of Sunflower Oil for Skin B. Sunflowers Make Life Beautiful C. Sunflower Oil Ends Diseases Greatly D. Benefits of Growing Sunflowers 答案与解析 【解题导语】 葵花籽油含有较多的维生素 E 和胡萝卜素，有预防疾病、降 低胆固醇含量、保持心脏健康等作用。其中的维生素 E，能使皮肤光滑，有助于 减缓衰老。 4. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。依据文章第一段可知，葵花籽油可预防疾病，降低胆固醇含 量，保挣心 脏健康，预防某些癌症，使皮肤柔软、光滑。但是葵花籽油并不能治愈癌症。 5. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。依据文中 It Offers Sun Protection.这一段可知，葵花籽油富 含维生素 E，维生素 E 可以防止皮肤晒伤。 6. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。依据文中 It Prevents Earlier Aging.这一段可知，葵花籽油中 的维生素 E 不仅可使皮肤免受阳光伤害，也可减缓衰老。 7. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。依据文中 It Prevents Skin Infections.这一段可知，葵花籽油 富含人体所需的脂肪酸，能保护皮肤免受细菌感染，而不是导致皮肤感染。 8. 答案 A 解析 标题归纳题。依据文章首段中的 let us know more about its effects on your skin 可知，这篇文章主要讲述了葵花籽油对皮肤的益处。 Ⅱ.语法填空 M: Hi, Deb. I ___1___ (come) up with an idea just this morning for the coming Sunday. ___2___ we be engaged in a ball of basketball or football in the morning? Does the idea appeal to you? W: ___3___ sounds like fun. I really need to build up my strength. M: That’s all right. For a couple of years, in my spare time, I ___4___ (take) up some exercise every day to keep in good shape, like playing basketball. W: And that accounts for the reason ___5___ you always seem so energetic. What about when it rains or snows? Do you call off your exercise in this___6___? M: Well, bad weather won’t hold me back as long as I want to exercise. ___7___ (stick) to your plan, you can always have a way out. I have some other alternatives. I can make___8___(much)of any opportunities to take up some form of exercise. W: As soon as I finish up my work, I’ll work out ___9___ plan and figure out what kind of exercise I can do. I really need to get myself ___10___ (bury)in some form of exercise every day, even for a short time. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 两个人商量去运动，并且决定要长期坚持锻炼。 1. came。考查时态。这里用一般过去时与时间状语 this morning 呼应，故用 come 的过去式。 2. Shall。考查情态动词。这里第一人称的问句表示提议，用 shall，此处意为“我 们早上去打篮球或者踢足球好吗?”。 3. It。考查代词。这里用 it 指代前面提到的建议。 4. have taken。考查时态。语境表示较长时间里一直在做某事，用现在完成时。 5. why。考查关系副词。这里用 why 引导定语从句，the reason why ...表示“…… 的原因”。 6. case。考查名词。in this case 表示“在这种情况下”，故本空填名词 case。 7. Sticking。考查非谓语动词。这里用提示词 stick 的现在分词形式作状语。 8. the most。考查固定用法。从句意和提示词看，这里用 make the most of 表示 “充分利用”。 9. a。考查冠词。这里用不定冠词 a，表泛指。 10. buried。考查过去分词。bury oneself in sth. “专心致志于某事”，这里用过去 分词作宾补。 Ⅲ.短文改错 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作 文。文中共有 10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的 增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。 2.只允许修改 10 处，多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。 A few years before, Jack and I had a quarrel over score in a football match. From then on, we didn’t speak to each other any longer. One day, when I was standing by a tree read, a ball flew to me and I kicked it back with looking at the player, but while I put up my head, I found it was Jack. Seen him, I was feeling very embarrassed. However, he was smiled to me, so I smiled either. Then we began to make up. This way the walls between us were torn down with a smile but we become good friends again. 答案 A few years before , Jack and I had a quarrel over ∧ score in a football match. ago a From then on, we didn’t speak to each other any loger.One day, when I was standing more by a tree read, a ball flew to me and I kicked it back with reading looking at the reading without player, but while I put up my head, I found it was Jack. Seen him, I was feeling very when Seeing embarrassed. However, he was smiled to me, so I smiled either. Then we began to smiling too make up. This way the walls between us were torn down with a smile but we and become good friends again. Ⅳ.书面表达 假定你是李华，你们学校的校报正在征集当代世界伟人的生平传记，请根据 以下要点给校报写一份关于纳尔逊·曼德拉(Nelson Mandela)的稿件： 人物 纳尔逊·曼德拉(1918. 7. 18-2013. 12. 5) 事迹 致力于人权和种族平等的斗争，并为此入狱 27 年。 成就 1.1993 年获得诺贝尔和平奖； 2.1994 年成为南非历史上首位黑人总统。 你的感想 …… 注意：1. 词数 100 左右； 2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 思路导航 人物简介一般以时间为顺序，将人物生平的主要事件进行概括。写作 时，要由表及里，自然地讲述出人物的伟大之处。最后，就人物的贡献和影响作 简要点评。 参考范文 Nelson Mandela, the former president of South Africa, was born on 18th July, 1918, and died at the age of 95. Throughout his whole life, Mandela devoted himself to fighting for human rights and racial equality in South Africa, for which he was in prison for 27 years. In 1993, Mandela was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. The next year, he was elected the first black president in the history of South Africa. Contributing greatly to the world, Mandela was highly thought of by all the nations. He was a hero of our time. We will never forget his selflessness and devotion 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Five years after the financial crisis, many indicators (指标) suggest a recovery will appear in the world’s largest economy. American gross domestic product (GDP) is growing at its fastest pace in two years, and unemployment has fallen to pre-crisis levels. In spite of this, 2014 may prove to be a difficult year for some unemployed Americans. We met Kathy Biscotti on New Year’s day. “I’m 51 years old. My father was a plumber, and my mother was a nurse. I’ve worked my whole life for everything I’ve ever had,” said Biscotti. Kathy lost her job as an office assistant six months ago. She received her last unemployment check on December 31st. “I received ＄332 on Tuesday and now I have to decide what to do. If I give it to my landlord, then I have no money at all,” she said. Biscotti is one of 1.3 million Americans who are facing the same dilemma. Congress allowed their extended unemployment benefits to lapse on December 28th, because conservative lawmakers said extending benefits beyond the standard 26 weeks makes people less likely to look for work. Republican Senator Rand Paul who spoke on Fox News said “If you extend it beyond that, you do a disservice to these workers.” But advocates for the unemployed say that’s not true. For Biscotti — that’s 10 to 20 job applications per week. “I applied for a job yesterday. There were 865 applications going in for that one job,” she said. Without benefits, Biscotti fears she could soon be homeless, unable to afford food or even bus fare for job interviews. Her New Year’s wish is to find work. “I hope that things turn around in 2014 and I find a job. But I’m pretty much hopeless, in despair, discouraged and ashamed,” said Biscotti. “I think we’re a better country than that. We don’t abandon each other when times are tough,” said President Obama. It is expected to introduce a three-month extension when Congress resumes work. But some say it could be tough. Support for extended benefits has been on the decrease as the economy has improved. But despite recent job gains, the number of Americans unemployed 27 weeks or longer remains at a record high — representing about 40 percent of all unemployed Americans. 1. In the past two years, America’s unemployment ________. A. becomes worse and worse B. hasn’t been improved C. is on the decrease D. is the same as two years before 2. What did Biscotti do before she became unemployed? A. A bank clerk. B. An office assistant. C. A plumber. D. A nurse. 3. What is the main idea of the passage? A. American economy is recovering. B. America’s extending benefits is impossible. C. Biscotti is suffering from the financial crisis. D. Unemployed Americans may live a difficult life in 2014. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇新闻报道，主要报道美国经济危机之后虽然经济 得以恢复，但是 2014 年的失业人数比例还是相当高。 1. 答案 C 解析 由第一段中的 American gross domestic product (GDP)is growing at its fastest pace in two years，and unemployment has fallen to pre-crisis levels.可知，C 项正确。 2. 答案 B 解析 由第二段中的 Kathy lost her job as an office assistant six months ago. 可知， Biscotti 在失业前是办公室助理，故选 B 项。 3. 答案 D 解析 由第一段中的 In spite of this, 2014 may prove to be a difficult year for some unemployed Americans.以及下文 Kathy Biscotti 的例子可知，答案为 D 项。 Every September in China, people love to talk about the overprotective parents following their children around everywhere during university enrollment. Now, with more than 420,000 youngsters in the UK starting their new college school year, what is their very first day like? BBC’s Seam Coughlan described it in a recent report. According to Coughlan, at the very beginning it is not hard to spot something familiar to Chinese — a stream of parents arriving with their sons and daughters at the student village. Mothers, fathers and a teenager stand together like the three might have done on the first day of primary school. “The approach road to the student village is a long traffic jam of family cars, stuffed(塞满)full with boxes, pillows, and nervous families,” he writes. “The door closes on a student’s room and parents and children go their separate ways. For many families, if childhood has a final moment, this is it.” But saying goodbye to parents is not the only similarity between college freshmen in the UK and China. In both cases, new arrivals most want to know about their Internet connections.“It’s their most urgent concern,” notes Coughlan. “They’re not so much Generation Y as Generation Wifi.” Even on their first day, university in the UK won’t be an entirely lonely experience for some new students. “Before they arrive they have been using social networking to get to know their future roommates,” writes Coughlan. Still, the first night is something no UK university student ever forgets. There are people they meet and then spend three years avoiding and people who become their friends for the rest of their lives. First week stories are all about over-partying,cooking and misguided clothing, Coughlan says. As he concludes: “These new students are entering their own soap opera of romance, friendship and ambition. It’s a huge adventure that they’ve worked for years to achieve.” 4. What is the author’s purpose in writing the article? A. To introduce how UK students prepare for college. B. To show different challenges that college freshmen face in the UK and China. C. To describe how UK colleges welcome newcomers at the beginning of a new semester. D. To inform us about what the first day of going to college is like in the UK. 5. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the article? A. On the first day of college, most UK freshmen don’t know each other. B. When the new semester begins, most UK freshmen drive to college by themselves. C. Most British parents choose to stay around their children’s college for a few days at the beginning of the semester. D. For many freshmen, when they say goodbye to their parents, they are also saying goodbye to their childhood. 6. A similarity between college freshmen in the UK and China is that________. A. the approach roads to their colleges are packed with cars filled with nervous families B. they have contacted their future roommates through social networking sites C. once they get to the campus, they want to make sure that they have access to the Internet D. they spend their first week getting to know their roommates and partying 7. From the article we can conclude that Seam Coughlan’s report is________. A. critical B. descriptive C. sympathetic D. bitter 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要介绍了英国大学新生入学报到时的情况。 4．答案 D 解析 写作意图题。通读全文并根据第二段中的 what is their very first day like?及 下文对英国大学生初进校园时所做的一些事情的介绍可推断，D 项正确。 5．答案 D 解析 正误判断题。根据第六段中的 Before they arrive they have been using social networking to get to know their future roommates 可知，A 项表述错误；根据第四 段第一句话可推断，B 项表述错误；文中没有提到父母会在孩子的学校住几天， 因此 C 项表述错误；根据文章最后一段可以推断，D 项正确，学生上了大学，也 就真正告别了童年，意味着独立生活的开始。 6．答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第五段中的 In both cases, new arrivals most want to know about their Internet connections．可知，C 项正确。 7．答案 B 解析 推理判断题。通读全文可知，Seam Coughlan 只是客观地描述了英国大学 新生入学报到时的情况，所以应选 B 项。 Ⅱ. 完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 Throughout history man has had to accept the fact that all living things must die. But people now live longer than they ___1___. Yet, all living things still show the ___2___ of aging, which will eventually ___3___ death. Aging is not a disease, but as a person passes maturity (成熟期), the cells of the body and the ___4___ they form do not function as well as they ___5___ in childhood and teenage years. The body provides less___6___ against disease and is more ___7___ to have an accident. A number of related causes may___8___to aging. Some cells of the body have a fairly long life, but they are not ___9___ when they die. As a person ages, ___10___ of brain cells and muscle cells decreases. ___11___ body cells die and are replaced by new cells. In an aging person the ___12___ cells may not be as workable or as capable ___13___ growth as those of a young person. Another___14___in aging may be changes within the cells ___15___. Some of the protein chemicals in cells are known ___16___ with age and become less elastic (有弹性). This is why the skin of old people wrinkles and hangs ___17___. This is also the reason why old people ___18___ in height. There may be other more important chemical changes in the cells. Some complex cell chemicals, such as DNA and RNA, store and ___19___ information that the cells need. Aging may affect this ___20___ and change the information carrying molecules so that they do not transmit the information as well. 1. A. would B. be used to C. used to D. used 2. A. function B. effect C. affect D. sign 3. A. lead in B. give in C. run into D. result in 4. A. hands B. feet C. heart D. organs 5. A. do B. has done C. did D. had done 6. A. energy B. protection C. vigor D. power 7. A. likely B. probable C. possible D. alike 8. A. attend B. contribute C. add D. devote 9. A. replaced B. rebuilt C. recovered D. surrendered 10. A. a number B. an amount C. the number D. a great deal 11. A. The others B. Others C. Another D. Other 12. A. old B. left C. new D. other 13. A. to B. for C. of D. in 14. A. factor B. effect C. reason D. element 15. A. for themselves B. of themselves C. themselves D. on their own 16. A. change B. to have changed C. to change D. to be changed 17. A. loose B. calm C. tight D. serious 18. A. increase B. shrink C. lengthen D. decrease 19. A. pass away B. pass by C. pass off D. pass on 20. A. improvement B. procession C. approach D. process 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是科普文。尽管人的寿命在延长，但随着岁月的流逝， 人人都会衰老，最终将面临死亡。 1. 答案 C 解析 但是人们现在比过去寿命长。used to 表示“过去经常……”，暗示现在并 不如此。此处指过去的情况，正好与句意相符。would 可以表示“过去经常”， 但不含“今昔对比”之意。D 项之所以不对，是因为在以下词组中，当不定式省 略时，通常要保留不定式符号 to，如：used to, be going to, mean to, ought to, try to, plan to 等。 2. 答案 B 解析 根据下文中的定语从句所表示的意义判断，这里所填入的单词应该表示 “衰老的结果”这一意思。effect 意为“结果；影响”，符合题意。function“功 能；机能；作用”；affect“影响”是动词；sign“标记”。 3. 答案 D 解析 衰老导致最终死亡。result in“导致”；lead in“导入”；give in“屈服”；run into“陷入”。 4. 答案 D 解析 根据上下文及信息词 cells 可确定句中是指所有的器官，而其他的三项指 的是身体的具体部位。 5. 答案 C 解析 此句中的 did 是用来代替前面的动词 function 的过去式，以避免重复。因 为这里有一个表示过去的时间状语 in childhood and teenage years，所以只能用一 般过去时。 6. 答案 B 解析 protection“保护”，和介词 against 或 from 连用。此处表示身体的免疫力 下降，易于患病。energy“精力”；vigor“活力”；power“权力”。 7. 答案 A 解析 likely, possible 和 probable 三者都表示“可能”，均可以构成：it’s possible / probable / likely＋that 从句。但 possible / probable 不能构成 sth. / sb. is possible / probable to do sth. 的句型。alike“相似的”，不符合句意。 8. 答案 B 解析 有一些相关的原因可能促成人的衰老。contribute to“导致；促成”；attend to“照料”；add to“增加”；devote to“献身于”。 9. 答案 A 解析 有些人体细胞有相当长的寿命，它们在死亡后不会被取代。replace“取代”， 符合语境。 10. 答案 C 解析 根据此句的谓语动词 decreases 可确定其主语应为 the number 表示“…… 的数量”，谓语动词为单数；a number of“许多”，常用来修饰复数名词，谓语动 词用复数；an amount of 和 a great deal of 都修饰不可数名词。 11. 答案 D 解析 这一段中谈到不同的细胞，上文说 some cells of the body，很显然下文用 other body cells ... other 与上文的 some 相呼应。 12. 答案 C 解析 根据上文的意思，这里还在继续讨论第二种可再生细胞，即 the new cells。 13. 答案 C 解析 be capable of 是固定搭配，表示“有……的能力”。 14. 答案 A 解析 这一段的内容与上一段相呼应，所需词相当于上段第一句中的 cause，指 造成一种事实或现象的原因，所以选 factor“因素；要素”。effect“影响”；reason “原因”；element“元素”。 15. 答案 C 解析 另一个导致衰老的因素是细胞本身的变化。themselves 作 cells 的同位语。 16. 答案 C 解析 本句是被动句式，其主动句式是 It is known that some of the protein chemicals in cells change with age and become less elastic.在叙述一般性事物时，动 词 know 之后的不定式不用进行式和完成式。 17. 答案 A 解析 此处表示“皮肤松弛”，故选 loose“松散的”；而 tight“紧的”；calm“平 静的”；serious“严肃的”。 18. 答案 B 解析 这也就是为什么老人的身高会萎缩的原因。shrink 表示“收缩；萎缩”。 increase“增加”；lengthen“变长”，均与句意不符；decrease“减少”，一般强 调量的减少，也不符合题意。 19. 答案 D 解析 pass on“传递”，store and pass on information“储存和传递信息”，符合 句意。pass away“去世”；pass by“经过”；pass off“逐渐消失；停止”。 20. 答案 D 解析 从通篇文章所叙述人的衰老的过程分析，应该在此处填 process，表示“自 然的过程，进程”，符合上下文的意思，即：衰老可能影响这种进程和改变传递 信息的分子。improvement“改进”；procession“行列”；approach“方式；方法”。 Ⅲ.语法填空 Librarian: Can I help you? Susan: I’d like to look for some ___1___ that are in the library for Psychology 311. Librarian: Professor Gavin’s class? Susan: That’s right. ___2___ could you know that? Librarian: You are not the first person ___3___ comes and asks for these articles. Susan: Well, as I haven’t read any of them yet, it doesn’t really matter ___4___ one you give me first. Librarian: I’m afraid I can’t give you any of them at the moment. They all ___5___ (check) out already. Susan: You’re kidding. All of them? Librarian: Yes, all were out last month. I’ve asked professor Gavin’s twice already to bring in___6___ (addition) copies of the articles, but no sooner do I place them on the shelves than they ___7___ (go). See that girl in the black sweater? She’s been___8___(wait) for half an hour for these same articles to be returned. Susan: ___9___ (actual) I was hoping to read some this afternoon. Librarian: I’m sorry, but all I can suggest is that ___10___ come here first tomorrow morning and try again. We open at eight. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 这是一篇有关图书馆借书的对话。苏珊想去听加文教授的课， 因此，她准备去图书馆借一些相关的论文。但没有想到的是教授的论文非常走俏， 都被借走了。管理员给她出了个主意…… 1. articles。考查名词复数。根据语境和下文的 asking for these articles 以及下文出 现的 copies of the articles, these same articles 等可知，此处该填入 articles。 2. How。考查疑问副词。根据答语 You are not the first person ... asks for these articles. 即可分析出，此处该问：你是怎么知道的?故填入疑问副词 how。 3. who / that。考查关系代词。根据语境和句式结构分析，该处应当填入引导定 语从句的关系代词 who 或 that，who/that 代替前面的先行词 the first person。 4. which。考查疑问代词。根据语境分析，加文教授的论文很多，故此处用 which 加以限定，which 修饰 one，意即“哪一篇”。 5. have been checked。考查时态和语态。根据 all 和下文的 already 分析，此处该 用完成时态，且 check out 与 they 之间存在逻辑上的动宾关系，用被动语态。故 使用现在完成时的被动语态，即 have been checked。 6. additional。考查形容词。根据语境可知，教授的论文非常走俏，所以，管理员 建议教授添加“额外的论文复印件”，故用名词 addition 的形容词形式 additional。 7. are gone。句意：我一将这些论文放上书架，它们就不见了。be gone 表示“不 见了，消失”。又根据前后时态可分析，此处该用一般现在时，故填 are gone。 8. waiting。考查现在分词。根据语境分析，主语 she 和 wait 之间存在逻辑上的 主谓关系，再由前面的 She’s been 可知，此处为现在完成进行时，即填现在分 词 waiting。 9. Actually。考查副词。根据句子结构分析，此处该用副词作状语，故填人形容 词 actual 的副词形式 actually，且该单词的首字母必须大写。 10. you。考查人称代词。根据语境可知，管理员给出建议的对象是“你”，故该 填人称代词 you，you 在宾语从句中作主语。 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Nelson Mandela, who was known as a freedom fighter and the father of modern SouthAfrica, died Thursday night at age 95. Mandela was born on July 18, 1918. He grew up poor in a small South African village. At 9, he was adopted by his father’s friend. In school, Mandela learned about African history and his ancestors’ struggles with discrimination. He wanted to help his people. He later traveled to Johannesburg, where he studied law and opened the first black law office. He also joined the African National Congress, a group that fought for equality. In 1948, the government introduced apartheid (种族隔离制度), which left the black with few economic opportunities. In response, Mandela traveled throughout South Africa and encouraged people to demonstrate against the government ’ s policies. He was arrested for organizing anti-government activities and eventually sentenced to life in prison. On February 11, 1990, South African president F. W. de Klerk released Mandela from prison, and the two worked together to end apartheid. Three years later, they won the Nobel Peace Prize for their efforts. In 1994, for the first time in South African history, blacks were allowed to vote in the election. Mandela was elected president by an overwhelming ( 压 倒 性 的 ) majority. While in office, he worked to improve housing, education, and economic opportunities for the country’s large black population. Mandela stepped down as president in 1999. That same year, he created the Nelson Mandela’s Children Fund, a charity that helps poor South African children. “Children are the wealth of our country,” he said in an interview with TFK in 2002. “They must be given love.” Over the years, Mandela continued working to promote peace around the world. In 2007, he helped found The Elders, an organization of world leaders committed to ending conflicts and promoting human rights. “When you want to get a herd(兽群) to move in a certain direction,” he told Time in 1994, “you stand at the back with a stick. Then a few of the more energetic cattle move to the front and the rest of the cattle follow. You are really guiding them from behind. That is how a leader should do his work.” 1. What is the second paragraph mainly about? A. The early life of Mandela. B. The first job Mandela did. C. The education Mandela received. D. The beginning of Mandela’s political career. 2. Mandela traveled around South Africa in order to ________. A. find good economic opportunities B. call on the black to fight for equality C. seek support for the government’s policies D. encourage people to join the African National Congress 3. What is the correct order of the following events? a. Mandela was released from prison. b. Mandela helped to found The Elders. c. Mandela became president of South Africa. d. The Nelson Mandela’s Children Fund was set up. A. a-d-b-c B. a-d-c-b C. a-c-b-d D. a-c-d-b 4. In the last paragraph, Mandela talked about ________. A. how to raise animals B. how to follow others C. the skills to be a leader D. his experience as a shepherd 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文介绍了南非前总统曼德拉一生的主要经历。 1. 答案 A 解析 第二段从曼德拉的出生讲述到他的青年时代，因此，本段主要介绍了曼德 拉早年的生活情况。 2. 答案 B 解析 根据第三段的内容可知，1948 年，南非政府推行了种族隔离制度，于是 曼德拉去南非各地鼓励人们示威抗议政府的政策。 3. 答案 D 解析 根据文中的信息可知，这四件事情发生的顺序为：曼德拉出狱、曼德拉当 选南非总统、曼德拉儿童基金会成立、曼德拉帮助成立了“元老集团(The Elders)”。 4. 答案 C 解析 在最后一段中，曼德拉讲述了如何当领导。 Taylor Bernard and her twin sister were born 12 weeks early. As a result, Taylor suffers from cerebral palsy (CP). It is a condition that affects the brain. Kids who are born with CP have trouble controlling the muscles in their body. Taylor is 8 years old now. She uses a power-wheelchair to get around. Her twin sister Sydney participates in sports, but Taylor has a different interest: art. Taylor submitted( 提 交 ) a watercolor painting of a sunset in Chesapeake Bay, Virginia, to an art contest. Of the more than 5,500 students who took part in the contest, only 51 were selected. Taylor was one of them. Her winning painting is now being displayed in Union Station, in Washington, DC. After leaving Union Station, the exhibit will tour the country. The contest was sponsored by VSA, the international organization on arts and disability. The nonprofit group was started to give people with disabilities an opportunity to participate in the arts. Submissions for the contest came from students with and without disabilities. The exhibition is part of VSA’s International Arts Festival and was also sponsored by CVS Caremark’s All Kids Can program. Art Changed Her Life Amanda LaMunyon represented Oklahoma in the exhibition. She just finished her freshman year of high school. When Amanda was in elementary school, she had problems focusing and following rules. She has Asperger Syndrome, which is a form of autism. “People started looking at her differently,”her mother, Sherry LaMunyon, said. “They stopped looking at her as a girl who was struggling and started looking at her as an artist. It’s changed her whole life.” The president of VSA, Soula Antoniou, said that the point of the exhibition is to focus on students’ abilities, rather than their disabilities. “What we’re trying to do is to make sure each student finds something they’re good at,”she said. That’s exactly what Taylor’s done. While she has some difficulty with fine motor skills, she’s found that she’s talented with wide brush strokes(画) in painting. Inspiring Others Before finding painting, Amanda said she had trouble fitting in. “I didn’t have anything that I felt was my talent,”she said. Now she’s more focused on school and is interested in studying fashion design and theater. Amanda hopes the exhibition will show others that even if they have disabilities, they have abilities they don’ t even know yet. You can see more of Amanda’s artwork at amandalamunyon.com . 5. How could Amanda’s mother feel when people learned Amanda could paint? A. Disappointed. B. Surprised. C. Doubt. D. Pleased. 6. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Only the disabled students can enter the art contest sponsored by VSA. B. Amanda, Taylor’s sister, has trouble in focusing and following rules. C. Amanda has improved a lot in study after finding painting. D. Sydney prefers art to sport because of her disability in the brain. 7. What is the text mainly about? A. Students with disabilities show their creativity at an international art festival in Washington, DC. B. Students with disabilities are more talented in art according to the result of an international art festival in Washington, DC. C. An international art festival in Washington, DC. gives people with disabilities an opportunity to participate in art. D. More than 5,500 students submitted their paintings at an international art festival in Washington, DC. 8. We may infer from the passage that ________. A. Amanda had Asperger Syndrome before she went to elementary school B. some children who are disabled even don’t know their situation C. Taylor has trouble controlling the muscles, but her sister is healthy D. Amanda is good at painting with wide brush strokes 9. Where could this passage come from? A. A newspaper. B. A magazine. C. The Internet. D. A report. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要介绍了在 VSA 国际艺术节上泰勒和阿曼达等一些残 疾孩子展示了她们的创造能力。 5. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。由第五段阿曼达母亲所说的话 People started looking at her differently ... They stopped looking at her as a girl who was struggling and started looking at her as an artist. It’s changed her whole life.可推断出她的母亲看到别人 对女儿的看法的改变，应该会高兴的，故选 D 项。 6. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。由倒数第二段最后一句 Now she’s more focused on school ... 可知，在发现绘画的才能后，她能够更集中精力学习，学习也一定有提高，故选 C 项。 7. 答案 A 解析 主旨大意题。纵观全文，本文主要介绍了两位有残疾的孩子在国际艺术节 上展示了她们的创造力，故选 A 项。B 项在文中找不到支持的信息；C 项不具体， 本文主要是针对残疾孩子的表现，而不是艺术节；D 项为文中细节。 8. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。由第一段最后一句 Her twin sister Sydney participates in sports ...可知，她的双胞胎姐妹能正常参加体育运动，身体应该是健康的，故选 C 项。A，D 两项与文中信息不符，B 项为文中细节，不是推断。 9. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。由本文最后一句 You can see more of Amanda’s artwork at amandalamunyon.com. 可推出，本文应该来自网络。 Ⅱ.补全对话 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有 两项为多余选项。 It is said that there are about 40,000 different kinds of jobs in the world. ___1___ “Finding a job” is not the same as “choosing a job”. Many young people end up in a job which they are not suitable for.___2___ Here are a few steps to help you think about jobs which you might enjoy doing after school or university. First, it is important to realize what kind of person you are, which special qualities make you different from everyone else and what you are interested in. ___3___ If you like art and enjoy looking at pictures, that is an interest. But if you can draw a horse that looks like a horse instead of a big dog, that is a skill. Then ask yourself this question: in the following three areas — skills with people, skills with information and skills with things — which are your best skills? After examining your skills, the next step is research. To find out as many different kinds of jobs as possible, go to the library and read books, magazines and newspapers. ___4___ Finally, trust your own ideas and your own thinking! ___5___ A. It is your own life, so find something that you enjoy doing. B. Choosing the right one itself is a difficult job. C. We must know what our ideal jobs are. D. There is a difference between an interest and a skill. E. Ask your friends about the work they do. F. “Chance” may play a more important part than“decision”. G. Your parents may also give you some useful advice. 答案 1-5 BFDEA Ⅲ.语法填空 Man: You should have seen the lines at the housing office. It took me an hour ___1___ (make) my dormitory deposit for next year. Have you made ___2___ yet? Woman: No, I’m not sure whether I’m going to. Man: There’s not much time ___3___ (leave). The deadline’s May 1st. Are you short of cash? Woman: No, I’m OK. Man: You’d better hurry up ___4___ you want a dormitory room next September. There aren’t enough ___5___ for everyone, and first year students have priority(优 先权). Woman: Well, I___6___ (think) about living off campus. Man: Have you any idea of ___7___ that would cost? There is the rent, utilities, and you’d probably need a car. Woman: I know it would be___8___(much) expensive. I think I can handle it though. The dormitory is just so noisy ___9___ I can’t get anything done. Maybe my grades would be better if I had some peace and quiet in a place of my own. Man: You should study in the library ___10___ way I do. Think of the money you’d save. Woman: I’ve got to think it over some more. There’s still two weeks left. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 这是一篇有关房屋预租的对话。新学期就要来临，学校房屋 租赁业异常繁忙，如果要租还要在规定的时间内缴纳押金；如果去校外租房，还 要考虑房租、租车等费用，到底哪一种模式更适合自己呢? 1. to make。考查动词不定式。根据语境和句子结构分析，此处用到了 It takes/took sb. some time to do sth. 句型，句中动词不定式为真正的主语，it 为形式主语。故 用 to make。 2. yours/your dormitory deposit。考查名词性物主代词。根据上文的 my dormitory deposit for next year 即可分析，此处该用 yours，即相当于 your dormitory deposit。 3. left。考查过去分词。根据句子结构和句意分析，此处为过去分词 left 作后置 定语，修饰 time。 4. if。考查连词。根据上下文语境分析，此处应用 if 引导条件状语从句。 5. rooms。考查名词。根据上文的 a dormitory room 可知此处用名词复数 rooms。 6. have been thinking / am thinking。考查时态。根据语境分析，此句的意思是： 我一直在考虑搬出校园去住。故用现在完成进行时或现在进行时。 7. how much。考查疑问副词。根据下文 There is the rent, utilities, and you’d probably need a car.可知，此句应该是问：你知道那会花费多少钱吗?故用 how much。 8. more。考查形容词的比较级。根据上文提到的各种费用可知，此处应该填入 much 的比较级 more，即在校外租房比在校内租房更昂贵。 9.that。考查连词。由上文的 so noisy 和下文的结果 I can’t get anything done.可 知，此处应该填连接词 that，构成 so ... that ...结构。 10. the。考查定冠词。I do 为省去了关系词的定语从句，修饰 way，再结合语境 可知，此处表示特指，故用定冠词 the。 Ⅳ.书面表达 最近，你班同学就“父母是不是最好的老师”这一话题展开了讨论。有些人 认为父母是最好的老师，有些人认为也不尽然。请根据下表提示，写一篇短文介 绍讨论结果以及你的个人观点。 观点 原因 同意 不完全同意 1 教会如何生活 过分溺爱 2 指出缺点、指明方向 强加兴趣、价值观 3 教会富有爱心 期望值过高 注意： 1. 根据要点适当增加细节，以使行文通顺连贯。 2. 词数 100-120。 3. 开头已给出，不计入总词数。 Recently, we have had a discussion in our class about whether parents are our best teachers. Some students agree with the point because__________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 参考范文 Recently, we have had a discussion in our class about whether parents are our best teachers. Some students agree with the point because they think parents help to point out their mistakes in their lives. They teach them a lot about how to live a meaningful life. What’s more, parents’ love helps to teach them how to love others. So parents are their most important teachers. However, not all of us hold the same views. Some think that their parents give them too much love, and they are eager to pass on their values and interests to them. Moreover, their parents sometimes expect too much of them, which makes them feel that their goals are too difficult to reach. In my opinion, parents are our important teachers, but parents should also try to understand their children more and narrow the generation gap. 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 2014 Winter Book Review If you are looking for a page-turner you can’t put down, our reporters are here to help. They read and reviewed some of the latest kids’ books to hit stores. You’re sure to find one you like. The Great Trouble By Deborah Hopkinson In the cold and dirty waters of the River Thames, a young boy named Eel was fishing for small things in the river to sell for money. He also works part-time as a street sweeper and does odd jobs at night, hoping to protect his little brother from a difficult life on the streets of London. Eel’s life becomes even more difficult when cholera hits Broad Street. Now Eel and his pal Florrie must help Dr. Snow prove the cause of the spreading disease. I Even Funnier: A Middle School Story By James Patterson and Chris Grabenstein After a car crash put him in a wheelchair and killed his family, Jamie moves in with his aunt and uncle. But his cousin Stevie treats him badly. Jamie doesn’t let these challenges stop him from having a positive attitude and pursuing his goals. He keeps the people around him laughing, so he was recently crowned the Funniest Kid Comic of New York State. And now he is after an even bigger title: the Planet’s Funniest Kid Comic. Can he make it? Better Nate than Ever By Tim Federle Middle school student Nate Foster is an outcast(被排斥者)in his town, living in the shadow of his track-star older brother. Nate is bullied (欺负) every day. But he has a special talent: singing. Nate travels to New York City by himself to audition for E. T.: The Broadway Musical. Better Nate than Ever is the story of his great adventure. Ophelia and the Marvelous Boy By Karen Foxlee Ophelia believes only in things can be proven scientifically. After her mother passed away, Ophelia together with her dad and her sister moves to a strange city where it never stops snowing. At the museum where her father works, she discovers a boy with no name who has been locked away for many years. She must help the boy defeat the Snow Queen before she freezes the world. Along the way, Ophelia learns how to believe in things she cannot see, and overcomes her fears. 1. To know how Dr. Snow fights cholera, which book would you buy? A. The Great Trouble. B. Better Nate than Ever. C. Ophelia and the Marvelous Boy. D. I Even Funnier: A Middle School Story. 2. Which author tells a story of a disabled boy who is hopeful about his future? A. Tim Federle. B. Karen Foxlee. C. Deborah Hopkinson. D. James Patterson and Chris Grabenstein. 3. What do we know about Ophelia? A. She loves doing experiments. B. She is locked in the museum. C. She is trying to help someone else. D. She feels lonely without her parents. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要介绍了即将上市的 4 本儿童读物。 1. 答案 A 解析 根据第一本书的内容介绍可知，Eel 和他的伙伴 Florrie 帮助 Snow 医生找 到霍乱流行的原因。 2. 答案 D 解析 根据第二本书的内容介绍可知，一场车祸使 Jamie 的家人丧生，他也得靠 轮椅来行走，但是，Jamie 仍然乐观向上。他刚刚荣获纽约州的最滑稽的儿童连 环画大奖，他还梦想着能得全球最滑稽的连环画大奖。 3. 答案 C 解析 根据最后一本书的内容介绍可知，Ophelia 必须帮助一个无名少年打败白 雪皇后，才能避免她冰封世界。 FREE ＄10 Gift Card with ANY Purchase at CVS September 4, 2013 by Michelle New Plink members are invited to join and make any purchase at CVS to get a ＄10 gift card from your choice at places like Amazon. com, Target, Walmart, Kohls, Starbucks and more! Just sign up with Plink, then make your purchase. You’ ll receive 1,000 points in your Plink account — enough to redeem for a ＄10 gift card! New Plink members only, one sign-up bonus per person. Plink Member must link a credit or debit card and make a purchase at CVS by Sunday, 9/15 11:59 EST. Purchase is necessary (after the member links a credit/debit card to their Plink account to qualify for the bonus 1,000 Plink Points by Sunday, 9/15 11:59 EST. Bonus 1,000 Plink Points will be awarded within 7 business days of the transaction posting date. CVS purchases that occur on 9/16 or later will not qualify for the bonus. I happen to love Plink because they make it easy to earn without doing anything extra! 4. What is the first step to get the gift card? A. Sign up with Plink. B. Make a purchase at CVS. C. Open a bank account. D. Link a credit or debit card. 5. CVS customers can get the gift card when their purchases happen on ________. A. 9/14/2013 B .9/16/2013 C. 9/17/2013 D./18/2013 6. Which of the following statements is TRUE? A. Goods at CVS are always sold at discounted rates. B. New Plink members have the chance to get two gift cards. C. The bonus is enough to be exchanged for a ＄10 gift card. D. The bonus can be sold for ＄10 whenever you like. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文为应用文，文中介绍了得到 Plink 礼物卡的方法。 4. 答案 A 解析 从文中的 Just sign up with Plink，then make your purchase.可知，答案为 A 项。 5. 答案 A 解析 从文中的 CVS purchases that occur on 9/16 or later will not qualify for the bonus.可知，答案为 A 项。 6. 答案 C 解析 从文中的 You’ll receive 1000 points in your Plink account — enough to redeem for a ＄10 gift card!可知，答案为 C 项。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出可以 填入空白处的最佳选项。 Tears clouded my eyes as I stood in our washing room, holding Brett’s jeans and shirt full of burnt holes. Tired and defeated, I ___1___ to the floor. The clothes were just one more thing Brett had ___2___.He often got almost everything in the house out of ___3___. Many windows in our house needed repair due to his breaking ___4___ to steal money when he chose to live on the street. Yet none of this could compare to the ___5___ damage Brett had done to our once quiet home. Brett came to live with us when he was 12 years old. During the next few years I had dealt with Brett as___6___ as possible, but inside I was shouting. “I don’t want him in my house another day, Lord!I just can’t ___7___ him!”Having wiped my tears, I continued___8___him as before. When Brett was nearly 18, he landed again in Juvenile Hall(少管所). After that, my husband and I had to send Brett to a boarding school for helping ___9___ teens. At the ___10___ ceremony, each graduate held a white rose to give to the person who had ___11___ the most to him or her. Brett spoke ___12___ to his parents and then spoke to me, “You did so much. You were always there, no matter ___13___. My mom and dad, I am their kid. But you,___14___troubled enough by me, always ___15___ me such love. And I want you to know I love you for it.” ___16___, I stood as Brett placed the white rose in my hand and hugged me ___17___. At that moment, tears ___18___ in my eyes again, this time not for disappointment but for ___19___.Although I had struggled with silent ___20___ toward my stepson, Brett had seen only my actions. Love is action. We may not always have positive feelings about certain people in our lives, but we can love them. 1. A. sat B. sank C. bent D. dropped 2. A. ruined B. lost C. torn D. broken 3. A. danger B. place C. trouble D. order 4. A. off B. in C. up D. away 5. A. physical B. visible C. emotional D. natural 6. A. patiently B. willingly C. strictly D. rudely 7. A. forgive B. educate C. stand D. control 8. A. parenting B. pardoning C. comforting D. feeding 9. A. lazy B. troublesome C. disappointed D. careless 10. A. opening B. official C. victory D. graduation 11. A. afforded B. meant C. supplied D. owed 12. A. lovingly B. sadly C. proudly D. nervously 13. A. where B. how C. what D. who 14. A. unless B. although C. because D. when 15. A. cost B. lent C. taught D. showed 16. A. Astonished B. Puzzled C. Encouraged D. Interested 17. A. surely B. roughly C. tightly D. fiercely 18. A. fell B. left C. moved D. gathered 19. A. pity B. happiness C. luck D. success 20. A. love B. anxiety C. anger D. care 答案与解析 【解题导语】 继子的不良行为让作者伤心难过，并因此常常偷偷哭泣，但 是她还是一如既往地履行做母亲的责任。在继子的毕业典礼上，当继子把白玫瑰 送给她并对她说了一番感激的话时，她感动地流出了幸福的眼泪。 1. 答案 B 解析 结合第一段和空格前的内容可知，作者又累又挫败地“倒”在地上。sink “倒下；坐下”。sink to the floor 表示“倒在地上”。 2. 答案 A 解析 根据第一段中的 full of burnt holes 可知，布雷特经常“毁坏；糟蹋”东西。 lose“丢失”；tear“撕碎”；break“打破”。 3. 答案 D 解析 根据上下文可知，他经常把房间里几乎所有的东西弄坏。out of danger“脱 离危险”；out of place“位置不当；不得体”；out of trouble“脱离困境”；out of order “有毛病；出故障”。故选 D 项。 4. 答案 B 解析 因为布雷特破窗而入偷钱，所以房子的很多扇窗户都需要修理。break in “强行进入；破门而入”；break off“停止；中断”；break up“破碎；粉碎”；break away“脱离”。 5. 答案 C 解析 然而，所有这一切都不能和布雷特对我们曾经平静的家造成的情感“伤害” 相比。此处与上文提到的物质上的损害形成对比。 6. 答案 A 解析 根据下文中的 but inside I was shouting 可推知，上文应是作者尽可能耐心 地对待他。 7. 答案 C 解析 上文中的 but 表示的是转折意义，而且从 I don’t want him in my house another day 可知，作者在内心深处无法“忍受”他。 8. 答案 A 解析 作者把失望和愤怒埋在心底，擦干眼泪，一如既往地对他尽到做父母的职 责。此处 parent 用作动词表示“做……的父亲或母亲；教养”。 9. 答案 B 解析 布雷特再次进入少管所表明他经常招惹是非，于是，作者夫妻俩不得不把 他送入一所管教问题青少年的寄宿学校。troublesome“令人心烦的”。 10. 答案 D 解析 根据该空后的 each graduate 可知，应是在毕业典礼上。 11. 答案 B 解析 每一个毕业生都要把一支白玫瑰送给对自己来说最重要的人。mean 意为 “意味着”，符合语境。 12. 答案 A 解析 根据下文中他所说的话可推知，布雷特深情地对亲生父母说话。 13. 答案 C 解析 无论发生什么事情，你总是在我身边。后半句可理解为 no matter what happened。 14. 答案 B 解析 虽然我给你添了许多麻烦，但是你仍给我无微不至的关爱。此处是让步状 语从句 although you were troubled enough by me 的省略形式。 15. 答案 D 解析 参见上题解析。show sb. sth.“对某人表现出……”，符合语境。 16. 答案 A 解析 作者完全没有想到布雷特竟然把白玫瑰送给了自己，所以感到无比震惊。 17. 答案 C 解析 布雷特发自肺腑地表达了自己对作者的感激后，“紧紧地”拥抱了作者。 18. 答案 D 解析 在那一刻，作者热泪盈眶。gather 表示“聚集”，符合语境。 19. 答案 B 解析 此时此刻，作者不是因为失望而是因为幸福才流眼泪。 20. 答案 C 解析 此处与第三段中间部分作者内心的呼声相照应，表明作者过去在心里对布 雷特充满了无声的愤怒。 Ⅲ.语法填空 Man: Do you have any coins with you? Woman: I don’t have any money on me at all. I was in a hurry this morning and ___1___ (forget) to bring my purse with me. Man: Oh, no. I was so lucky to get a parking space so close to the hall. Professor Klauss is giving a speech ___2___ in a couple of minutes. But I don ’ t have any ___3___ to put in the parking meter( 停 车 收 费 器 ). I can ’ t park my car there ___4___ money. And the speech ___5___ (start)in no time. What should we do now? Woman: Well, we___6___ drive over to the supermarket parking lot, I guess. Man: All the way over there? I’m not sure that’s such a... Woman: You wouldn’t have to pay any money to park there. It’s a long walk, ___7___ you won’t need to worry about your car while you’re at the speech. Man: Right, but if I go over there to park, I’ll miss the beginning of the professor’s speech ... and I’d___8___(real) like to see the whole thing. Woman: Well, I guess you could just go in without ___9___ any money in the parking meter. If nobody notices that there’s no money in your meter, then you won’t get a ticket. Man: That’s true..., but those parking ___10___ (ticket)are so expensive. Well, the professor’s speech is worth the money. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 这是一篇有关停车场收费的对话。两人去听报告，刚好找到 一个离报告厅近的停车场，可是却没有带钱，停车场又要收费，两人在想办法解 决这一问题。 1. forgot。考查时态。上文的 I was in a hurry this morning 这句话暗示了“我”忘 记带钱包发生在过去，因此用一般过去时。 2. there。考查副词。此处表示几分钟后，Klauss 教授要在礼堂发表演讲。故此处 用 there。 3. coins。考查名词。依据语境可知，在停车场停车要收费，要向停车收费器投币， 因此填 coins。 4. without。考查介词。依据语境可知，没有钱当然不能停车，因此用 without。 5. will start。考查时态。演讲很快就开始，因此要用将来时态 will start。 6. could/can。考查情态动词。此处语境为：我们可以开车去超市停车场。依据语 境可知，此处表示“可以”，故用 could / can。 7. but。考查连词。前后两个分句缺少连词，且两分句之间为转折关系，因此用 but 连接。 8. really。考查副词。句中的 like 为实义动词，需用副词修饰。real 的副词形式是 really。 9. putting。考查非谓语动词。根据上下文语境可知，此处表示向收费器投币，由 第 3 处后的 put in the parking meter ...可知应用动词 put，此处在介词 without 之 后，故应用 putting。 10. tickets。考查名词单复数。ticket 是可数名词，被 those 修 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Introduction You are warmly invited to join SAVE THE FROGS! on a 10-day ecotour of Belize, 2014! The trip will be led by SAVE THE FROGS! With nearly 600 species of birds in Belize, it is no wonder that birdwatching is such a common activity! Mammals are much rarer to see. In the field, we will hear the marvelous roar of the howler monkey, see lizards(蜥蜴) darting across our path, and we will see occasional animal tracks. When we go out into the forest at night, we may see the extremely cool frogs of Belize! Here is our trip itinerary! January 5, 2014 — Arrive in Belize. January 6, 2014 — We will visit the ancient Maya city of Xunantunieh. After d inner, we have a guided private night tour of the Belize Zoo. January 7, 2014 — After breakfast, we go to the Trees Ecolodge in the Maya Mountains. January 8, 2014 — Guided hikes in the tropical forest. They range from a hike to explore a large cave system, to night excursions to see night-time dwellers of the forest. January 9-10, 2014 — We are picked up by bus and taken to Blue Creek. January 11, 2014 — We are near the Mopan Maya village and we will have various opportunities to interact with the village residents. January 12- 14, 2014 — After breakfast, a bus takes us to the Mayan Ruins of Lubantuun. Numerous snorkeling opportunities exist here. January 15, 2014 — At Dangriga, a bus picks us up and takes us to the airport. Cost The trip fees are USD ＄ 2,350 for current SAVE THE FROGS members, and ＄2,475 for the general public. A ＄500 non-refundable deposit is required to secure your spot on the trip. All proceeds support SAVE THE FROGS! worldwide amphibian( 两 栖 动 物 ) conservation efforts, enabling us to protect amphibians and promote a society that respects wildlife and nature. Cancellations and Refunds You must notify us directly if you need to cancel your trip. — If you cancel after December 18th, you forfeit(失去)your entire trip fee. — If you cancel between November 6th and December 18th, you will receive 50% of trip fee. — If you cancel prior to November 6th, your entire trip fee will be refunded, minus your deposit, as deposits are non-refundable. 1. It can be inferred from the second paragraph that ________. A. Belize is home to a wide diversity of wildlife B. birdwatching in Belize is a rare activity C. it is no surprise to meet a mammal in Belize D. there are many animals’ tracks in the forest 2. On January 11, travelers will ________. A. explore a large cave system B. have a night tour of the Belize Zoo C. have the chance to do snorkeling D. communicate with the local villagers 3. The aim of the tour is to ________. A. improve our sense of protecting wildlife and nature B. learn about the worsening habitat conditions of wildlife C. enjoy the beauty of nature and rich culture of Belize D. save the endangered frogs from dying in Belize forests 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇应用文，主要介绍了 2014 年的一次生态旅游活 动的安排。 1. 答案 A 解析 第二段中提到了 600 多种鸟类，蜥蜴和吼猴、青蛙等等，虽然哺乳动物罕 见但是其他野生动物物种丰富，故选 A 项。 2. 答案 D 解析 结合文中的 January 11, 2014 — We ... we will have various opportunities to interact with the village residents. 可知选 D 项。 3. 答案 A 解析 根据文中的 All proceeds support SAVE THE FROGS! worldwide amphibian conservation efforts, enabling us to protect amphibians and promote a society that respects wildlife and nature.可知，这项活动的目的是增强人们保护野生动物和大 自然的意识，故选 A 项。 If you bought some candy months ago but never ate it, how can you tell whether it is still safe to eat? The easiest way is to check the“use-by date” printed on the wrapper. If that date has already passed, you’re likely to throw the candy away. But is that really necessary? According to a new report from the US Natural Resources Defense Council(NRDC), tons of food is wasted each year, largely because people don’t fully understand what expiration dates, or “use-by dates”, actually mean. Food dating was introduced in the 1970s because consumers wanted more information about the things that they were eating. When they first showed up, use-by dates were only supposed to indicate freshness because producers wanted their products to be tasted in their best conditions. But the truth is that these dates aren’t related to the risk of food poisoning or food-born illness, according to Time News. However, most customers misinterpreted use-by dates and related them to the safety of the food, and they still largely do now. Eggs, for example, can still be eaten three to five weeks after purchase even though the use-by date is much earlier. When their use-by dates pass, strawberry-flavored drinks may lose their red color and biscuits may lose their crunch(嘎吱嘎吱的声音), but they are not harmful. “It’s a confusing subject, the difference between food quality and food safety,” said Jena Roberts, vice president of National Food Lab, a US food testing company. “Even in the food industry I have colleagues who get confused.” This is why scientists are calling for a standard explanation to be printed following the use-by dates. “We want this to be clearly communicated so consumers are not misunderstanding the date and contributing to a lot of waste,” said Dana Ganders, a staff scientist with the NRDC. But this won’t be a mistake that is easy to correct since people have believed it for so long. Another problem is that the quality levels of different foods change differently — some are still safe to eat long after their use-by date while others are not. As a result, food industry officials are now thinking of changing the use-by date to a date indicating when food is most likely to go bad. 4. The use-by date was first intended to ________. A. tell the freshness of food B. show the safety of food C. give a warning of food poisoning D. indicate the relation between food and illness 5. The underlined word “misinterpreted” in Paragraph 4 probably means “________”. A. made guesses about B. formed a wrong idea about C. made wrong use of D. took no notice of 6. Which of the following is TRUE? A. Most customers understand what use-by dates mean. B. “Use-by dates” have existed for more than 50 years. C. Biscuits can’t be eaten when not as crunchy as they were bought. D. Even after their use-by dates pass, some foods are still safe to eat. 7. Scientists are calling for a standard explanation to be printed together with the use-by dates because________. A. use-by dates are not helpful or reliable B. more consumers get worried about food safety C. most consumers often misunderstand use-by dates D. the quality level of different foods changes differently 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇说明文。大多数人都认为保质期一到，食物就 不能吃了。读过这篇文章后，你将发现事实并非如此。 4.答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句中的 When they first showed up, use-by dates were only supposed to indicate freshness 可知，应选 A 项。 5．答案 B 解析 词义猜测题。根据文章第四段的第一句和第六段的内容可知，此处指人们 误以为这些日期和食品是否有毒或者是过期后食用是否会导致疾病有关。故选 B 项。 6．答案 D 解析 正误判断题。根据第五段的内容可知，很多食品尽管过了保质期，但是仍 然能吃，故选 D 项。 7．答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第六段的内容和第七段的第二句可知，科学家解释保质 期是因为很多人误解了它的含义。故选 C 项。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 Indu Ma’am didn’t look like a school principal at all. She looked more like someone’s fat ___1___ in fake jewellery and too bright clothes. But as a principal, she was strict with us and we were all afraid of her ___2___ lectures. To avoid being scolded, we behaved ___3___ before her. On reaching 11th grade, Ms Indu Pillai became my ___4___ teacher. The first time she walked into class, we ___5___ ourselves for 45 minutes of boredom.___6___ we were all wrong. “How many of you have read today’s ___7___?” A few students raised their hands. “ You can learn a lot from your textbooks, but you’ll learn more if you start___8___the papers and to TV news,” she said. She went on to talk about politicians. “In one political debate I ___9___, politicians sat like this...” And with that, our strict principal ___10___ her feet on her table. The class ___11___ in giggles(咯 咯地笑). To our ___12___, Indu Ma’am laughed with us. Over the next two years, Indu Ma’am opened our ___13___ to the world. She asked us to read Anna Karenina and other European classics. We debated on the federal system(联邦制). Political debates also___14___to personal ones. A lot of our beliefs became the ___15___ of lively lunchtime debate. ___16___, she said, “How convenient wearing shorts to the beach is, and...” I did not hear the end of that line, because some of us were laughing so hard, we were ___17___ over. “What?” She demanded,“You people think I was never ___18___?” We laughed even louder. After Indu Ma’am walked into class, she became a great teacher, ___19___ her chief administrator role at the door. Her personality as principal was strict, hard, and preachy. In class, she ___20___ into a storyteller who was funny, wise, inspiring, much like Socrates, the original teacher, who exercised minds and opened up intellects. The Indu Principle has taught me a lot — not to judge people by their appearance. 1. A. actor B. writer C. professor D. aunt 2. A. boring B. satisfying C. surprising D. disappointing 3. A. bitterly B. mentally C. luckily D. perfectly 4. A. politics B. physics C. chemistry D. Chinese 5. A. offered B. served C. prepared D. mistook 6. A. And B. But C. Or D. So 7. A. advertisements B. newspapers C. instructions D. reports 8. A. paying attention to B. looking forward to C. getting on with D. coming up with 9. A. inspected B. attempted C. witnessed D. challenged 10. A. made B. held C. put D. found 11. A. broke B. covered C. erupted D. beat 12. A. sorrow B. fear C. amazement D. amusement 13. A. memories B. minds C. arms D. questions 14. A. sticked B. devoted C. led D. objected 15. A. scholarships B. grades C. degrees D. subjects 16. A. Once B. Again C. Still D. Even 17. A. doubled B. recovered C. packed D. faded 18. A. cool B. strong C. hot D. thin 19. A. replacing B. leaving C. receiving D. proving 20. A. looked B. transformed C. moved D. threw 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要比较了因杜校长作为校长和一名政治老师时的不同 之处。作为校长时她是严格的，而作为一名老师时她是博学多才而且风趣幽默的。 1. 答案 D 解析 由设空所在句... fat ___1___ in fake jewellery and too bright clothes 可知她 的肥胖以及衣着，让人认为她是一位肥胖的阿姨。 2. 答案 A 解析 由设空所在句 But as a principal, she was strict with us and we were all afraid of her ___2___ lectures 以及下一段的 boredom 可推出，我们都害怕她令人厌烦的 说教。 3. 答案 D 解析 由前面的 To avoid being scolded ...可知我们在严格的校长面前应该是尽量 表现得完美。 4. 答案 A 解析 由下文上课的内容 She went on to talk about politicians 以及 We debated on the federal system. Political debates also ...可推出因杜校长应该是政治老师。 5. 答案 C 解析 由第一段 But as a principal, she was strict with us and we were all afraid of her ___2___ lectures 可知这位校长非常严厉，故此处应该是准备好了 45 分钟无 聊的时间。 6. 答案 B 解析 由后面的内容以及 wrong 可知,此句与前面的句子为转折关系。 7. 答案 B 解析 由下一空后的 the papers and to TV news 可知，此处应该是因杜老师问有 没有看今天的报纸。 8. 答案 A 解析 老师说注意报纸和电视新闻，这样能学到更多的知识。 9. 答案 C 解析 由下文 And with that, our strict principal ___10___ her feet on her table 可 知，政客如何坐着是因杜老师亲眼目睹过的事。 10. 答案 C 解析 由常识可知，因杜老师应该是把脚放在桌子上。 11. 答案 C 解析 看到校长把脚放在桌子上，又由后面的 in giggles(咯咯地笑)，可知大家应 该是爆发出笑声。 12. 答案 C 解析 由第一段 But as a principal, she was strict with us ...提到校长非常的严肃， 因此学生们看到校长笑应该是感到吃惊的。 13. 答案 B 解 析 由 下 文 She asked us to read Anna Karenina and other European classics. We debated on the federal system 可知，校长应该是通过其博学多才以及 幽默开放的课堂开阔了我们的思维空间。 14. 答案 C 解析 由所在空 Political debates also___14___to personal ones.可知，有时政治的 辩论也会导向个人的辩论。 15. 答案 D 解析 A lot of our beliefs became the ___15___ of lively lunchtime debate 信仰等问 题成了辩论的主题。 16. 答案 A 解析 本文是回忆，故此处应该是介绍校长曾经说过的话。 17. 答案 A 解析 由空前 because some of us were laughing so hard 可知，由于其中一些人笑 得声音太大，导致笑声加倍了。 18. 答案 D 解析 由第一段的 fat 以及此处的语境可知，因杜老师应该是问“你们认为我永 远不会瘦吗?” 19. 答案 B 解析 此处指校长进教室后就不再摆校长的架子了，把管理者的身份留在了门 外。 20. 答案 B 解析 由设空处所在句及前一句 Her personality as principal was strict，hard，and preachy. In class， she ___20___ into a storyteller who was funny, wise, inspiring, much like Socrates, the original teacher ， who exercised minds and opened up intellects 可知，此处指校长的转变。 Ⅲ.语法填空 Interviewer: I wonder ___1___ you could tell me something about your stamp-collecting, Mr. Gibbon. Gibbon: I’d be pleased ___2___. What kind of things would you like to know? Interviewer: How old were you when you started ___3___ (collect) stamps? Gibbon: I’d just started secondary school, so I might be 12. Interviewer: And how many years have you been collecting stamps? Gibbon: Well, I’m 40 now, so I’ll leave you to work that ___4___ ! Interviewer: OK. How did you start collecting? I mean, where did you get your first stamps? Gibbon: My father used to collect stamps, and I was ___5___ (interest) in his collection. He gave me my first packet of stamps.___6___ were British. Interviewer: You ___7___ (collect) stamps for all these years. How many would you say you’ve got altogether? Gibbon: That’s not easy to answer, but___8___I’d say about ten thousand stamps. Interviewer: That’s a lot! How much do you think they’re worth? Gibbon: I’ll guess...perhaps...about ￡15,000. Interviewer: Hmm! And which is the oldest stamp in your collection? Gibbon: That’s easy to answer! I’ve got one of the world’s first stamps — the Penny Black, ___9___ was sold in Britain in 1840. Interviewer: Do you only collect British stamps or stamps from all over the world? Gibbon: No. I specialize in Great Britain, and also China and Finland. I’ve got quite a good collection of these ___10___ (country). 答案与解析 【解题导语】 这是一篇有关记者采访 Gibbon 集邮的对话。Gibbon 爱好集 邮，从 Gibbon 与记者的交流中我们了解到：在 Gibbon 的邮集中，有多枚非常珍 贵的邮票，甚至还有历史上第一枚邮票…… 1. if / whether。考查宾语从句的引导词。此处表示我想知道你是否可以告诉我一 些关于你集邮的事情，故应填 if / whether“是否”。 2. to。考查动词不定式的省略。此处完整的句子应是 I’d be pleased to tell you something about my stamp-collecting，动词不定式省略到 to。 3. collecting / to collect。考查非谓语动词。start 后要用动名词或者不定式作宾语。 4. out。考查动词短语。work out 表“计算；统计”之意，为固定短语，符合语 境。 5. interested。考查形容词。be interested in 表示“对……感兴趣”之意，为固定 搭配，符合语境。 6. They。考查代词。此处指代 my first packet of stamps，因此用 they 来代替。 7. have been collecting。考查时态。依据后文可知，Gibbon 这些年一直都在集邮， 因此用现在完成进行时态，表示动作的持续性。 8. roughly/appropriately。考查语境填词。此处表示邮票的大约数目，因此用 roughly/appropriately。 9. which。考查定语从句。这里引导非限制性定语从句，关系词代指 the Penny Black，且在从句中作主语，因此用 which。 10. countries。考查名词单复数。此处 country 是可数名词，被 these 修饰，要用 复数形式。 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Babies don’t learn to talk just from hearing sounds. They’re lip-readers too. It happens during the stage when a baby’s babbling (咿呀声) gradually changes from unclear voices into that first “mama” or “dada”. The baby in order to do like you has to figure out how to shape their lips to make that particular sound they’re hearing, according to developmental psychologist David Lewkowicz of Florida Atlantic University, who led the study. Apparently it doesn’t take them too long to absorb the movements that match basic sounds. By their first birthdays, babies start changing back to look at you in the eye again. It offers more evidence that quality face-time with babies is very important for speech development more than, say, turning on the latest baby DVD. But Lewkowicz went a step further. He and his student Amy Hansen-Tift tested nearly 180 babies, groups of them at ages 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 months. How? They showed videos of a woman speaking in English or Spanish to babies of English speakers. They found that when the speaker used English, the 4-month-olds gazed mostly into her eyes. The 6-month-olds spent equal amounts of time looking at the eyes and the mouth. The 8 and 10-month-olds studied mostly the mouth. At 12 months, attention started changing back toward the speaker’s eyes. But what happened when these babies accustomed to English heard Spanish? The 12-month-olds studied the mouth longer, just like younger babies. They needed the extra information to decipher the unfamiliar sounds. That fits with research into bilingualism (双语) that shows babies’ brains adjust themselves to distinguishing the sounds of their native language over other languages in the first year of life. The continued lip-reading shows the 1-year-olds clearly still are fit for learning. Babies are so hard to study that this is “a fairly heroic data set”, says Duke University cognitive neuroscientist Greg Appelbaum, who found the research so compelling that he wants to know more. 1. According to the first paragraph, babies ________. A. might get its voice “mama” by lip-reading B. learn to talk just from hearing the sounds C. like to figure out how to shape their lips D. communicate with parents through gestures 2. What is necessary in developing babies’ speech according to Lewkowicz? A. Playing baby DVD nearby. B. Teaching babies to read English. C. Speaking with babies face to face. D. Speaking different languages in front of babies. 3. Which of the followings shows the right change of babies’ eye gaze according to the text? 4. The underlined word “decipher” in Paragraph 4 means “________”. A. seek B. replace C. refuse D. recognize 5. What would be the best title for the text? A. Babies Have Different Methods to Talk B. Babies Try Lip-reading in Learning to Talk C. Babies Are Suitable to Learn Two Languages D. Babies Can Easily Accept Foreign Language 答案与解析 【解题导语】 研究发现，婴儿早期不光依靠听声音而且还通过“读唇”的 方式来与周围的人进行交流。 1. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第一段可知婴儿不仅仅是通过听声音来与父母交 流，还可以通过“读唇”来进行。 2. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句可知，C 项正确。 3. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据第三段 Lewkowicz 的实验可知 4 个月的婴儿主要是注意 父母的眼睛，而到了 8 个月的时候就渐渐过渡到几乎不注意父母的眼睛，而是注 意父母的嘴唇，等到了 12 个月的时候又渐渐恢复到注意父母的眼睛。 4. 答案 D 解析 词义猜测题。根据本段的上一句 studied the mouth longer 可知，他们需要 一些额外的信息来“辨别”出那些不熟悉的声音。 5. 答案 B 解析 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了婴儿在早期同父母交流的时候试图用“读唇” 的方式进行语言学习。 Bicycle lights may not exactly be a problem that needs solving, but the following can be said about most of them — they’re easily stolen if left on an unattended bike. People riding at dusk can forget to turn them on, and those same people can forget to turn them off when they reach their destination. Well, the makers of the Blink / Steady Bike Light have set out to address all of those shortcomings. The waterproof(防水的) Blink / Steady is so far only available as a tail light, although a head light is on the way. It’s fixed onto the bike’s seat post. A built in photosensor(感光器)tells when it’s become dark enough for the light to be required, and allows it to come on once you begin the riding. According to the producers, it isn’t fooled by things such as headlights or streetlights. The light also contains an accelerometer, also known as a motion (移动) sensor, which can tell when the bike is in motion. Between the two sensors, this means the light will come on only once it’s dark enough, and the bike is moving. Even when stopped at red lights, the small movements of the rider will reportedly be enough to keep the light activated — it’ll go out after 30 seconds of complete inactivity. While this does mean that the two sensors are continuously powered up, they go into a very low-power sleep pattern when the bike is sitting, unused. Light is provided by two 5-watt LEDs, seeable over a range of 180 degrees. And power comes from two AAA batteries, which provide up to 200 hours of continuous run time. The designers and engineers behind the Blink / Steady are now raising money for its commercial production. About US ＄95 will get you one if they become available. 6. The first paragraph is mainly to mean that ________. A. bicycle lights are worth a research B. bicycle lights are not a problem at all C. bicycle lights are easy to deal with D. bicycle lights are difficult to turn off 7. According to the text, the Blink / Steady Bike Light is sensitive to ________. A. the weather B. streetlights C. headlights D. natural light 8. Why is there an accelerometer in the Blink / Steady Bike Light? A. To protect the bike against water. B. To tell if the bike is moving. C. To make the bike easy to ride. D. To judge the speed of the bike. 9. What can be inferred about the Blink / Steady Bike Light? A. It will be turned off immediately if the bike stops. B. The traffic lights have no effect on the light. C. It won’t use any power if the bike is unused. D. It must meet two requirements if it comes on. 10. What can we know about the Blink / Steady Bike Light from the last paragraph? A. Its power is renewable. B. It includes five LEDs. C. It isn’t available now for its lovers. D. it can be used for years. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要介绍了一种新型自行车灯，它具有一定的实用价值。 6. 答案 A 解析 段落大意题。文章第一段列举了三项有关自行车灯方面的问题，这说明自 行车灯需要改进，是很值得研究的。 7. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句和第三句的 it’s become dark ...以及第四 句的 it isn’t fooled ... or streetlights 可知这种自行车灯不会受街灯和车前灯以及 天气的影响。 8. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第二段的最后一句可知，B 项正确。 9. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。根据第三段第一句可知车灯亮需满足两个条件，故选 D 项； 根据第二句可知交通指示灯会对它产生干扰，而且车停下来，车灯要 30 秒之后 才熄灭；根据最后一句可知即使不用，也要用电，但是用电很少，故其余三个选 项错误。 10. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据最后一段 now raising money for its commercial production 可知，目前该产品并没有大量生产。 Ⅱ.语法填空 W: Have you watched the 2012 UEFA European Championship? M: Just a bit. Why, have you? W: Of course! I’ve really started to like football since I ___1___ (come) to London. Just think, a year ago, I was still in Montreal and didn’t know anything about ___2___. M: Well, I’m from New Jersey. Americans aren’t so ___3___ football. Actually, we call it soccer. ___4___ Americans say “football”, what we mean is American football. I’ve been here two years now, and I still get confused when people call soccer “football”. W: I know all about America. For you, “football” means the sport where those big guys wear helmets and violently run into each other. M: Yeah. Americans prefer ___5___ (watch) sports that are fast, like basketball. I think basketball players are the___6___ (great) athletes on earth. What they ___7___ do just amazes me. But when I watch___8___soccer match, I just get bored. There aren’t enough goals. W: Well, I see what you’re saying, but there’s so much more to “soccer”, as you call it, than goals. There’re a lot of strategies involved. And in a ___9___ like the Euro 2012, it’s ___10___ (fascinate) to see how the different countries have different styles of playing. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本篇对话谈论了英式足球和美式足球的不同。 1. came。考查时态。结合上下文语境和句中的 since 可知，此处应用一般过去时。 2. it。考查代词。结合上下文语境可知，此处 it 指代前面的 football。 3. into。考查固定搭配。be into sth. 意为“对……十分感兴趣，很喜欢”。 4. When。考查连词。结合上下文语境可知，此处表示“当……时”，故用 when。 5. watching/to watch。考查非谓语动词。表示“喜欢做某事”时，可用 prefer doing/to do sth. 。 6. greatest。考查形容词的最高级。由空格前的 the 和空格后的 on earth 可知， 此处应用最高级形式。 7. can。考查情态动词。结合上下文语境可知，此处表示“他们所能做的……”， 故应用情态动词 can。 8. a。考查冠词。此处 match 是可数名词，且表示泛指，故用不定冠词 a。 9. championship。考查名词。结合语境和空格后的 like the Euro 2012 可知此处应 用 championship“锦标赛”。 10. fascinating。考查词性转换。此处修饰的是物，故应用现在分词形式的形容词， fascinating“极具吸引力的”。 Ⅲ.短文改错 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作 文。文中共有 10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的 增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。 2.只允许修改 10 处，多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。 Last summer I go to America and studied at a language school. I had many wonderful experience, but I also had a sad one. One day, the school held party, where I invited to talk about Tianjin. After that they asked me a lot of things about China. But I couldn’t explain them with English clearly. I felt sadly. I learnt a lesson from this experience. I have already studied English for eight years, I can’t use it very good. I must work hard to improve my spoken English so that I will be able to communicate free with foreigners. I hope I can be a bridge between China and others countries in the future. 答案 Last summer I go to America and studied at a language school. I had many went wonderful experience, but I also had a sad one. One day, the school held ∧ party, experiences a where I ∧invited to talk about Tianjin. After that they asked me a lot of things about was China. But I couldn’t explain them with English clearly. I felt sadly. I learnt a lesson In sad from this experience. I have already studied English for eight years, ∧I can’t use it but/yet very good. I must work hard to improve my spoken English so that I will be able to well communicate free with foreigners. I hope I can be a bridge between China and others freely other countries in the future. Ⅳ.书面表达 上月，你就“早餐与健康”问题在你校进行了调查。请根据下表结果写出调 查报告，并提出你自己的看法。 被调查同学的比例 现状 原因 86％ 以牛奶、鸡蛋、馒头等为主 上午学习重，早餐很有必要 14％ 不吃早餐，带水果或零食到校 没胃口，没时间 注意： 1. 词数 100 左右。 2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 3. 首句已给出，但不计入总词数。 4. 参考词汇：馒头 steamed bread 零食 snacks Last month, I had a survey on “Breakfast and Health” in our school. __________ ________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ 参考范文 Last month. I had a survey on “Breakfast and Health” in our school. According to the result, 86% of the students surveyed have milk, eggs or steamed bread for breakfast. They think that the learning task in the morning is very tough, and it’s necessary to have breakfast to have enough energy. However, the survey also shows that 14% of the students interviewed have no breakfast. Some of them take along fruits or snacks to school and have them during breaks. The reasons are different. Some of them have no appetite to eat while others have just no time for breakfast. In my opinion, no meals are more important than breakfast if we want to keep fit. 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 The World Bank says there are about 650 million mobile phone users in Africa. That is greater than the number of users in the United States and European Union. Samia Melhem works for the World Bank to increase information technologies in Africa. She says mobile phones are the fastest growing technology on the continent. “More people communicate by phone. More people have Internet access today in Africa than they have access to clean water, or even sanitation(卫生). So we can say this has been the most significant revolution in terms of changing how people live their daily life.” CNN television says many ways of life have been changed because of mobile phones. They include political activism, education, entertainment, disaster management, agriculture and health. Another area is banking. Reports say half or more of the adults use mobile money. Rene Mendy sells goods in the streets. But he never had enough money to open a bank account. Now he uses a mobile phone banking service called Orange Money. With his telephone, he can add or take out as little as one dollar. He can make payments and send money to family members who live far away. Orange Money says it serves four million customers in ten countries. The World Bank’s Samia Melham says, “The mobile banking is a huge trend. And people in the West don’t understand it, because most people have bank accounts and credit cards. It provides cash at a much lower cost. The cost is the cost of sending an SMS,which is almost nothing compared to what traditional transfer( 转 账 ) agents, like Western Union,would charge 10 dollars or more for a particular money transfer.” 1. What does the passage mainly talk about? A. Mobile phones users are increasing in Africa. B. Mobile phones are changing lives in Africa. C. A mobile phone banking service appears recently. D. The mobile banking is a huge trend in the world. 2. According to the passage, we know Orange Money ________. A. charges less than traditional transfer agents B. can’t send money to those living far away C. has four million customers in African countries D. could afford money to consumers in advance 3. What can we learn from the passage? A. There are six areas affected by mobile phones in Africa. B. People in the West are against the use of the mobile banking. C. The number of phone users in the US is larger than that in Africa. D. Traditional banks face great challenges from mobile banking. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要介绍了手机在非洲的大量使用改变了非洲人的生活 方式。 1. 答案 B 解析 主旨大意题。由本文的内容以及第三段第一句 CNN television says many ways of life have been changed because of mobile phones 可知本文的主题为“手机 在改变非洲人的生活方式”。 2. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。由最后一段最后一句 The cost is the cost of sending an SMS, which is almost nothing compared to what traditional transfer agents ...可知,Orange Money 的收费比传统的转账机构低。 3. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。由最后一段可推出:传统的银行面对着来自手机银行的巨大 挑战。 A decade after terror struck America, we are starting to move forward. It has been 10 years. In those awful(可怕的) days right after 9·11, I asked my colleague, Dave Barry, if he thought he would ever write jokes again. He was then the humor columnist( 专 栏 作 家 ) for the Miami Herald. “For the last week，”he told me,“I haven’t even tried to write anything funny, and for a while I thought maybe I never would, or should.” He had it; we all had it — that feeling of being stuck, unable to find your way back to the life you had lived before. I wrote 10 columns in a row about what I had seen, the planes crashing, the lives lost. Finally, I had to force myself to write a column about something that was not terror (恐怖). That lasted one column. Then I went right back to what was now normal. Terror was normal. That was a decade ago. Today’s terrors become tomorrow’s memories. News becomes history. And I find myself remembering how I used to kill ants when I was a child. The thing that struck me was that they always came back. Even if you destroy their world a hundred times, they build it a hundred and one times. There is something of that in people. It may be one of the best things about us. We always fight the cruel things in life, bury our dead, rebuild and find a way to move forward. We did it when fire burned down Chicago, after the earthquake in San Francisco, and after the floods in New Orleans. And we did it on September 11. It is true that we have changed in ways that are not all good. We are at war on three fronts. We are running a strange prison on Cuba. The government may not let you fly and will not tell you why. Osama bin Laden is dead. Experts tell us the terror group he led is weakened. However, terrorism remains alive in American political thought, which is becoming more extreme. There is reason to be worried about these changes. But I am still grateful that we moved away from the 9·11 nightmare (噩梦) at all. It felt as if we might never go forward from that moment. But we did. 4. Which phrase can be used to describe Dave Barry’s feelings just after 9·11? A. Heartbroken and hopeless. B. Frightened but hopeful. C. Unable to care or focus. D. Sad but confident. 5. From Paragraph 5, we can conclude that ________. A. the author was so shaken that he stopped writing completely B. there was no terrorism in America before 9·11 C. for some time Americans found it difficult to think about anything other than terror D. no one ever feels safe anymore 6. With the example of ants, the author aims to show that ________. A. he misses his happy childhood B. people can rebuild and recover, just like ants C. he is sorry that he killed the ants D. rebuilding is more important than sadness 7. According to the last part of the article, the author’s main point is that ________. A. terrorism has influenced the government too much B. people should look on the bright side C. terrorism will continue to exist D. no changes are ever completely good 答案与解析 4. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据第四段 Dave Barry 所说的话“可能永远，或者不应该写 有趣的事了”可知，9·11 事件后，他非常伤心，感到绝望。故答案选 A 项。 5. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据第五段第一句 He had it; we all had it — that feeling of being stuck, unable to find your way back to the life you had lived before.可知，9·11 事件后的一段时间内，美国人们很难从灾难的阴影中走出来。故答案选 C 项。 6. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。作者提到小时候把蚂蚁弄死，毁掉它们的家之后，它们总是 再回来。通过这个故事说明这样一个道理：人们也会像蚂蚁一样，从悲伤中走出 来，重建家园。故答案选 B 项。 7. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。通过文章最后部分中的 But I am still grateful that we moved away from the 9·11 nightmare at all.以及 It felt as if we might never go forward from that moment. But we did.表明，不管经历过什么灾难或现实中有什么困难，人们 都应该乐观面对，一如既往地前进。故答案选 B 项。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 My husband has always had great love for older people and has helped out several elderly friends in the past, but this story is different! Mr. Daves ___1___ in the same lake as my husband John for over 15 years. A ___2___ developed but when Mrs. Daves died five years ago, it left Mr. Daves alone. They had no children and after sixty years of ___3___ he was lost. So John took Mr. Daves fishing with him every time he went. Mr. Daves was energetic and never ___4___ being with John. A few years later Mr. Daves had a stroke that paralyzed(使瘫痪) his right side. He lost his ___5___ and was put into a nursing home. Confined(限制) to his___6___ and unable to communicate Mr. Daves began to ___7___ from depression. This almost___8___John’s heart. He finally got ___9___ from the nursing home to take Mr. Daves out for a ride. They were both ___10___ to be together again but it was very ___11___ for Mr. Daves to be lifted into John’s truck. The ___12___ of his paralyzed side pulled heavily on his good side. John worried about this ___13___ still took him out about every ten days. One day he announced he was selling his___14___truck to buy a van that was equipped for a ___15___. We researched these vehicles, sold the truck and got a van. It isn’t sporty or fast but it sure ___16___ Mr. Dave’s pain on their outings and they both enjoy them more. Now they can go fishing together more ___17___. Mr. Daves is now 86 but is still ___18___ life. I don’t know anyone who would ___19___ their prized possession to help a friend. I hope he can be a(n) ___20___ for others to take similar steps to help those who are in need. 1. A. drove B. fished C. played D. swam 2. A. friendship B. habit C. problem D. story 3. A. fishing B. living C. marriage D. work 4. A. afraid of B. aware of C. fond of D. tired of 5. A. sight B. smell C. speech D. touch 6. A. bed B. house C. office D. truck 7. A. escape B. hear C. learn D. suffer 8. A. broke B. moved C. stole D. ruined 9. A. benefit B. information C. permission D. promise 10. A. excited B. frightened C. surprised D. worried 11. A. easy B. happy C. long D. painful 12. A. height B. slimness C. weight D. wound 13. A. and B. but C. so D. thus 14. A. broken B. favourite C. new D. old 15. A. bedroom B. kitchen C. toilet D. wheelchair 16. A. cures B. eases C. promotes D. worsens 17. A. cheaply B. fortunately C. frequently D. greedily 18. A. enjoying B. improving C. living D. planting 19. A. put away B. pick up C. hand in D. give up 20. A. example B. guide C. hero D. superman 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是记叙文。文章作者讲述了其丈夫热心帮助一个无子女 的孤寡老人的故事，激励人们关爱老人。 1. 答案 B 解析 根据下文中 So John took Mr. Daves fishing with him every time he went 可 知，他们是坚持到同一个湖去钓鱼。 2. 答案 A 解析 根据文章第一段一句... has helped out several elderly friends in the past ... 中的 friends 可知，他们之间建立起了友谊。 3. 答案 C 解析 根据上句... Mrs. Daves died 以及最后一段首句 Mr. Daves is now 86 ...可知， 其夫人的去世，结束了他们 60 年的婚姻。 4. 答案 D 解析 根据本段首句可知，他们在一起钓鱼长达 15 年之久。根据下文可知，戴 夫斯先生在得了偏瘫之后，还乐于与约翰外出钓鱼。显然他对与约翰待在一起“从 不厌烦”。 5. 答案 C 解析 根据下一句中的 unable to communicate 可知，戴夫斯先生偏瘫后，丧失 了说话的能力。 6. 答案 A 解析 戴夫斯先生偏瘫后，住进了疗养院，只能待在床上。显然 B,C,D 三项不合 适。 7. 答案 D 解析 戴夫斯先生住进疗养院后，由于偏瘫整天待在床上，而且丧失了语言能力， 不能与人交流，这样自然“患上”了抑郁症。 8. 答案 A 解析 戴夫斯先生的不幸和痛苦让约翰心碎。break one’s heart“令人心碎”。 9. 答案 C 解析 戴夫斯先生住进养老院之后，约翰要带其外出，显然需要经过疗养院的“同 意；许可”。 10. 答案 A 解析 戴夫斯先生和约翰是长达 15 年的钓友，很长时间没有一起外出钓鱼，再 次一起外出钓鱼，两人都很“兴奋”。 11. 答案 D 解析 由于戴夫斯先生身患偏瘫，上车的时候肯定不舒服，很“痛苦”。 12. 答案 C 解析 根据本句中的 heavily 可知，瘫痪的那一侧身体的“重量”重重地拖累着 另一侧。 13. 答案 B 解析 虽然约翰担心这点，但还是大约每隔 10 天带老人出去一次。 14. 答案 B 解析 根据下文中 their prized possession 可知，卖掉的卡车是约翰“心爱的”车。 15. 答案 D 解析 戴夫斯先生身体偏瘫，坐在卡车上不舒服，约翰卖掉卡车，买了一辆大篷 车，自然是在车上装配了“轮椅”，以方便带戴夫斯先生外出钓鱼。 16. 答案 B 解析 大篷车上装配了轮椅，这样，就可以“减轻”戴夫斯先生的痛苦了。 17. 答案 C 解析 大篷车上的轮椅可以减轻戴夫斯先生外出钓鱼时的痛苦，这样外出钧鱼就 更“频繁”了。 18. 答案 A 解析 在约翰的热心关爱下，戴夫斯先生——一个孤寡老人感受到了关爱，现在 86 岁了，但依旧“享受”着生活的乐趣。 19. 答案 D 解析 根据上文，约翰为了减轻戴夫斯先生外出钓鱼时的痛苦，将自己心爱的卡 车卖掉，买了一辆大篷车。其卖掉心爱的卡车，属于“放弃”。 20. 答案 A 解析 约翰的行为，为那些想帮助困境中的人树立了“榜样”。 Ⅲ.语法填空 阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，用括号中所给 动词的正确形式填空，使其结构完整，语意通顺。 The 2014 Games in Sochi are not the first to take place in Russia. In 1980, Moscow, Russia’s capital, hosted the Summer Olympic Games. Sochi, ___1___ (locate) on the coast of the Black Sea, is one of Russia’s largest resort cities, with a population of about 350,000. Russia ___2___ (prepare) for the Games since it was chosen to host them in 2007. Construction of the Olympic venues in Sochi began in 2009. Opening and closing ceremonies take place in the newly-built Fisht Olympic Stadium, ___3___ seats 40,000 people. The newly-built stadium, ___4___ (name) after the nearby Fisht Mountain, opens on either end. Just in case the weather is too ___5___ for snowfall, Olympic organizers have been storing snow since last year. They learned their lesson___6___ the 2010 Winter Games in Vancouver. During those Games, temperatures were so warm ___7___ organizers had to truck and fly in snow from a nearby mountain. For Sochi, organizers gathered up 16 million cubic feet of snow. They also used hundreds of snow-blowing machines to collect icy-cold water from two lakes, which they then turned into tons of artificial snow. Thick insulated blankets on top of the snow keep it from___8___. ___9___ having enough snow, security is a top priority ( 当 务 之 急 ) for the organizers. After several recent terrorist attacks in Russia, tens of thousands of security officers have been assigned to Sochi to make sure the Games remain ___10___ (peace) and safe for everyone who comes to Sochi. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文介绍了俄罗斯为举办 2014 年索契冬奥会所做的准备工 作。 1. located。考查非谓语动词。过去分词短语作定语。 2. has been preparing。考查时态。由时间状语从句 since it was chosen to host them in 2007 可知，此处应用现在完成进行时表示一个动作从过去某时开始一直持续 到现在，更强调动作的延续。 3. which。考查定语从句。所填词引导非限制性定语从句，先行词为 the newly-built Fisht Olympic Stadium，引导词在从句中作主语，因此填关系代词 which。 4. named。考查非谓语动词。过去分词短语 named after ...作定语。 5. warm。考查行文逻辑。为防天气太温暖而不会下雪，冬奥会的组织者从去年 就开始储存雪了。因此填形容词 warm。 6. from。考查习惯用语。learn one’s lesson from ...表示“从……中吸取教训”。 7. that。考查状语从句。so ... that ...“如此……以至于……”，that 引导结果状语 从句。 8. melting。考查固定搭配及常识。keep sth. from doing 表示“阻止……做……”， 此处表示防止雪融化故用 melting。 9. In addittion to / As well as / Besides / Apart from。考查行文逻辑。除了需要储备 足够的积雪以外，组织者的当务之急是安保问题。因此填 in addition to / as well as / besides / apart from，它们均表示“除……之外(还有)”。 10. peaceful。考查形容词。系动词 remain 后面接形容词 peaceful(和平的)作表语， peaceful 与后面的 safe 并列。 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 Youth / Teen Tour Nashville Shores Waterpark Sunday, June 24,2014 — 10:00 am — 7:00 pm More than a million gallons of fun awaits you at Nashville Shores! Located on the sandy beaches of J. Percy Priest Lake,this newly-renovated waterpark features five water slides and more than 700 feet of twisting, turning fun. Blast down the exhilarating Music City Racer at 35 mph, plunge headlong down the thrilling Big Scream water slide, or take a turn on the Tennessee Twisters. Then brave the waves in Breaker Bay, an oceansized wave pool, or just relax on Castaway Creek, Tennessee’s widest lazy river. You’ll also enjoy being wet by the Big Bucket, lying at Suntan Lagoon or exploring Kowabunga Beach, a massive, four-story water treehouse and sprayground. Bring a T-shirt and plenty of sunscreen! Laser Quest & Grand Ole Golf Monday, June 25, 2014 — 10:00 am — 4:00 pm Tons of fun is in store for you today, beginning with a round of miniature(微型的) golf at Grand Ole Golf. Take your pick of three great courses. Can you make a hole in one? Ready! Set! Laser! Next, you’ll step into the exciting Laser Quest arena for a suspenseful match of laser tag. Don’t step into the light! Country Music Hall of Fame & Recording Studio B Tuesday, June 26,2014 — 10:00 am — 4:00 pm Journey into country music today, starting at the Grand Ole Opry Museum! Built as a tribute to the world’s longest-running radio show — the Grand Ole Opry — the museum honors such iconic stars as Patsy Cline, Marty Robbins and Minnie Pearl, as well as today’s chart-topping artists. Next, you’ll visit the ＄37 million Country Music Hall of Fame,where you’ll hear for yourself how country music has developed. Besides enjoying live performances and interactive exhibits,you ’ ll delight in seeing rare costumes,instruments and archival films. A stop at historic RCA Studio B will round out your musical journey. This popular cultural attraction was once the recording home of mega-stars like Elvis Presley, Chet Atkins, Eddy Arnold and the Everly Brothers. You’ll even have a chance to make your own studio recording! 1. We can infer from the text that ________. A. there is no speed limit in Music City Racer B. the Big Scream water slide has a sudden turn C. the waves in Breaker Bay are very small D. the water in Castaway Creek flows slowly 2. At Grand Ole Golf, you will ________. A. learn how to play golf B. have a match for golf C. study three golf courses D. hit the ball into one hole 3. It can be inferred that the Grand Ole Opry is ________. A. a music company B. a radio program C. a recording home D. a song chart 答案与解析 【解题导语】 这是一篇应用文。文章主要介绍了几个适合孩子们夏天游玩 的地方。孩子们可以做的各种活动及其时间安排等等。 1. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。根据第一部分的... Castaway Creek, Tennessee’s widest lazy river 可知，这里的水流比较缓慢，故选 D 项。 2. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。从第二部分的 Tons of fun is in store for you today, beginning with a round of miniature golf at Grand Ole Golf 可知，选 A 项。 3. 答案 B 解 析 推 理 判 断 题 。 根 据 第 三 部 分 的 Built as a tribute to the world ’ s longest-running radio show — the Grand Ole Opry 可知，答案是 B 项。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 I had an occasion to be a vendor (卖主 ) at a local market. During a break in potential customers, I took a walk around the rest of the craft show. I ___1___ another vendor who was displaying similar ___2___ and stopped in to preview his work. As soon as I walked in his area, he came over and started to ___3___. As he began to tell me about his work, I ___4___ that there was more to his casual discussion than what first was presented. Sure, he was ___5___ and quite knowledgeable about his craft. I began to ask him about what he did___6___ he became an artisan( 工 匠 ) and learned he had ___7___ time in prison. Years ago, I would have___8___thanked him for his time and left. But now I was not to make prejudicial judgments, and I ___9___ to listen to his story. The occasional meeting later turned out to be an open ___10___ where we both shared our backgrounds. He had made a complete reversal (转身) and had made a decision to become a ___11___ person and turned his life around partly by focusing his energy on his craft. And, to make his life ___12___ more challenging, he had ___13___ a severe industrial accident that left him with one eye, a crushed esophagus (食道) that___14___he could not eat solid foods ever again. We must have chatted about our ___15___ backgrounds and experiences for well over an hour, and this conversation ___16___ off and on for several weeks whenever I happened to be in town. We have been very good ___17___ to this day appreciating each other’s background and openly accepting what made our ___18___ different and unique. The making of a friend, for me, means being accepting of others, not to ___19___, to give each person an opportunity to express whom they are ___20___ interrupting them. Each of us is unique and we all are different. We are neither better nor worse; we are just different. Friendship will not happen unless you are willing to accept others. 1. A. came across B. looked for C. picked up D. found out 2. A. advertisements B. inventions C. products D. experiments 3. A. complain B. chat C. apologize D. nod 4. A. promised B. responded C. remembered D. sensed 5. A. generous B. honest C. friendly D. humorous 6. A. before B. after C. when D. until 7. A. saved B. lost C. served D. spent 8. A. frequently B. gradually C. hardly D. simply 9. A. happened B. remained C. appeared D. pretended 10. A. quarrel B. argument C. dialogue D. debate 11. A. richer B. better C. stronger D. cleverer 12. A. even B. still C. also D. almost 13. A. witnessed B. avoided C. overcame D. suffered 14. A. agreed B. reminded C. meant D. announced 15. A. normal B. different C. ordinary D. regular 16. A. changed B. approached C. paused D. continued 17. A. classmates B. colleagues C. friends D. relatives 18. A. lives B. plans C. hopes D. chances 19. A. criticize B. prejudge C. struggle D. expand 20. A. through B. beyond C. during D. without 答案与解析 【解题导语】 偶然的机会，作者认识了一位有过前科的朋友。通过交流， 作者认识到，不要戴着有色眼镜看人，要给他们机会去表达，进而真正地了解他 们。 1. 答案 A 解析 根据下文可知，作者是偶然碰到另一个卖主的。 2. 答案 C 解析 联系文中的 a local market, customers 等语境可知，此处指相似的产品。 3. 答案 B 解析 结合下文中的 As he began to tell me about his work ...可知他们开始聊天。 4. 答案 D 解析 通过这个人的话语作者感到…… 5. 答案 C 解析 作者开始和他说话，后来成为朋友，这些都表明他很友好。 6. 答案 A 解析 根据下文提到的 learned he had served time in prison 可知，此处指他成为 工匠之前的事情。 7. 答案 C 解析 作者了解到他以前在监狱服过刑。 8. 答案 D 解析 联系句中的 years ago 可知，此处是作者假设自己数年前如果碰到这种情 况，就只会表示一下谢意。 9. 答案 B 解析 句中的 but 表示转折意义，由此可以推知，作者看人时不再有偏见，而是 留下来听他的故事。 10. 答案 C 解析 这里指一次公开的谈话，在谈话中他们分享他们的经历。 11. 答案 B 解析 他已经决定成为一个更好的人。 12. 答案 A 解析 分析句子的逻辑关系，这里表示程度的发展，也就是他的生活甚至更具挑 战性。 13. 答案 D 解析 他曾经遭遇过严重的工业事故。 14. 答案 C 解析 由上文的 a crushed esophagus 可知，这意味着他不能再吃固体食物。 15. 答案 B 解析 根据下文中的different and unique可知，作者和朋友有不同的背景和经历。 16. 答案 D 解析 这样的谈话持续了好几周。 17. 答案 C 解析 结合下文中的 the making of a friend 可知，作者和他成为好朋友。 18. 答案 A 解析 此处指生活变得不同，有改变。 19. 答案 B 解析 根据第二段可知，这里作者建议不要过早地判断一个人。 20. 答案 D 解析 通过谈话交流，让他们有机会表达自己，不要打断他们。 Ⅲ.补全对话 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有 两项为多余选项。 ___1___ You don’t show your secret personality when you’re awake because you can control your behavior, but when you’re asleep, your sleeping position shows the real you. ___2___ The important position is the one that you go to sleep in. If you go to sleep on your back, you’re a very open person.You normally trust people and you are easily influenced by fashion or new ideas.You don’t like to upset people, so you never express your real feelings.___3___ If you sleep on your stomach, you are a rather secretive person.You worry a lot and you’re always easily upset.You’re very stubborn, but you aren’t very ambitious. ___4___ This means that you enjoy having a good time. If you sleep on your side, you have usually got a wellbalanced personality. ___5___ You’re usually careful.You have a confident personality.You sometimes feel anxious, but you don’t often get depressed.You always say what you think even if it annoys people. A. You’re quite shy and you aren’t very confident. B. You know your strengths and weaknesses. C. Normally people seldom change their sleeping position. D. Everyone has got two personalities — the one that is shown to the world and the other that is secret and real. E. Maybe you don’t want to make friends with a person who sleeps curled up. F. You usually live for today not for tomorrow. G. In a normal night, of course, people frequently change their position. 答案 1-5 DGAFB Ⅳ.语法填空 M: Miss Jones, could you tell me more about your first job with hotel marketing concepts? W: Yes, certainly. I was a marketing ___1___ (advise), responsible for marketing ten UK hotels. ___2___ were all luxury hotels in the leisure sector, all of a very high standard. M: Which markets were you responsible for? W: Europe and Japan. M: I see from your resume that you ___3___ speak Japanese. Have you ever been to Japan? W: Yes, I have. I ___4___ (spend)a month in Japan in 2006. I met all the key people in the tourist industry, the big tour operators and tourist ___5___ (organize). As I speak Japanese, I had a very big advantage. M: Yes, of course. Have you had any contact with Japan in your present job? W: Yes, I’ve had a lot. The truth is___6___ I have become very popular with the Japanese, both for holidays and for business conferences. In fact, the market for all types of luxury holidays for the Japanese ___7___ (increase)a lot recently. M: Really? I’m interested to hear more about that, but first, tell me, have you ever traveled on a luxury train? The Orient Express, for___8___. W: No, I haven’t, ___9___ I have traveled on a glacier express to Switzerland and I traveled across China by train about 8 years ago. I love train travel. That’s why I’m very ___10___ in this job. 答案与解析 1. adviser / advisor。此处说的是工作职位，故用 adviser / advisor 表示“顾问”。 2. They。所填词指代 ten UK hotels，故用 they。 3. can。表示具有某种能力用 can。 4. spent。由时间状语 in 2006 可知，此处应用一般过去时。 5. organizations。此处应用名词形式，且 organization“组织，机构”是可数名词， 故用其复数形式。 6. that。is 后是表语从句，从句不缺少任何成分，且句意完整，故用 that 引导。 7. has increased。由时间状语 recently 可知，此处应用现在完成时。 8. example。for example“比如，例如”，是固定搭配。 9. but。前后句之间是转折关系，故用连词 but。 10. interested。be interested in sth.“对……感兴趣”。 Ⅴ.短文改错 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作 文。文中共有 10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的 增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。 2.只允许修改 10 处，多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。 It is a pleasure for me to write this letter to tell how much I enjoyed my stay in your whole family last week.This was my first visit to a English family.At first, I was worried about my poor English.And when I saw your wife and children waiting for me with warm smile of welcome on their faces, I immediately knew that everything would be all right.There are many more happy memories of the week what I will keep with me forever.I particularly enjoyed driving through the countryside with you and saw the changing colours of the leaves on the trees.I also like the fishing trip.It was such much fun. 答案 It is a pleasure for me to write this letter to tell ∧ how much I enjoyed my stay you in your whole family last week. This was my first visit to a English family.At first, I with was worried about my poor English. And when I saw your wife and children waiting But / Yet for me with warm smile of welcome on their faces, I immediately knew that smiles everything would be all right. There are many more happy memories of the week what I will keep with me forever. I particularly enjoyed driving through the that / which countryside with you and saw the changing colours of the leaves on the trees. I also seeing like the fishing trip. It was such much fun. liked so Ⅵ.书面表达 在世界环境日到来前夕，联和国教科文组织就如何处理城市垃圾向世界中学 生征文，请你以 Saving Our City 为题，写一篇短文。 参考词汇：treat 处理 sort 分类 environment 环境 提示： 1 城市垃圾的危害：①污染环境。 ②有害健康。 2 你所在的城市是如何处理垃圾的：①垃圾分类。 ②报纸、玻璃的再利 用。 ③有害垃圾填埋。 ④废水处理。 ⑤制定了法律。 3 尽我所能，保护环境。 注意： 1 词数 100 左右。 2 标题及开头已为你写好。 3 参考词汇：treat 处理 sort 分类 environment 环境 Saving Our City It is very important to deal with the rubbish in cities ... ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 参考范文 Saving Our City It is very important to deal with the rubbish in cities. Rubbish must be treated properly. Otherwise it may cause a lot of trouble. It may pollute the air and water. When people breathe the polluted air or drink the polluted water, they may get ill. Our city has begun to pay attention to the problem. For example, some rubbish is sorted out and sent to different factories. Rubbish, such as newspapers and glass, is treated or reused. Some harmful rubbish is sent to a certain place and buried. Waste water is treated before it is poured into rivers. To protect the environment, the government has passed laws to prevent people from throwing rubbish everywhere. We should do our best to fight against pollution. 、 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 If you’re familiar with the life of Mark Twain, you’ll know that by 1900, he was fed up with Teddy Roosevelt. “Far and away the worst president we’ve ever had,” he said as he objected the presidents’ venture in the Philippines. For his part, Roosevelt came to ignore the great American humorist, once saying to a small group of friends he’d like to skin Mark Twain alive. Back when the two men first met in the 1880s, they had admired each other. Roosevelt loved Twain’s writings and Twain said he’d never shaken Roosevelt’s hand without feeling an electric charge move up his arm. But their background and principles were already leading them in different directions. Where those differences came from, and how they shaped the lives, is the focus of Philip McFarland’s Mark Twain and the Colonel: Samuel L. Clemens, Theodore Roosevelt, and the Arrival of a New Century. These men took vastly different routes to success. For Twain, it was a wandering path for a small-town boy who became a steamboat pilot, journalist, and finally world-famous humorist. For Theodore Roosevelt the journey was much quicker: in just 43 years, this weak child of money and privilege became a reform-minded politician and, to everyone’s surprise, president. To a great degree, Twain kept the opinion of a man of the 19th century, while Roosevelt saw a future in which America would become a global power, and that’s where the trouble lay. But the bitterness between the two wasn’t caused only by their differences. As McFarland points out,“There were enough similarities between Roosevelt and Clemens to cause friction anyway. Both were writers and public performers, possessed of restless, youthful temperaments(脾气).” Their lives, and their opinion couldn’t differ too much because they were, finally, shaped by the same great forces in American society. McFarland seems to weave them all together. Overall, it’s a highly enlightening (使人领悟的) book that offers you two biographies and a vast picture of American society at the beginning of its modern age. 1. The first paragraph mainly tells us ________. A. Twain did not like Roosevelt B. Roosevelt hated Twain too much C. Twain and Roosevelt had conflicts D. Twain was a great American humorist 2. What led to the conflict between Twain and Roosevelt? A. Their writings. B. Their lifestyles. C. Their own families. D. Their background. 3. It can be inferred from the text that ________. A. Twain was against Roosevelt being president B. Twain overcame many difficulties during his life C. Roosevelt had a rich life during his childhood D. Roosevelt became president as everyone expected 4. What is the purpose of the text? A. To introduce Mark Twain’s novels. B. To show Mark Twain’s hardship. C. To act as McFarland’s book review. D. To raise Roosevelt’s leading abilities. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要是对菲利普·麦克法兰所写的有关马克·吐温和罗 斯福这本书的书评。 1. 答案 C 解析 段落大意题。文章第一段介绍了马克·吐温不赞同罗斯福的许多做法，同 时罗斯福也对马克·吐温抱怨很深，这说明他们两者之间冲突很大。 2. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段的 But their background and principles ... them in different directions 可知，D 项正确。 3. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。第四段第二句表明马克·吐温的一生并不顺，故 B 项正确； 而最后一句表明罗斯福的童年也并不富裕，当总统也出人意外，故 C，D 项错误； 选项 A 无从推断。 4. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据第五段的 As McFarland points out 和最后一段的 McFarland seems to weave them all together 可推知，本文主要是关于麦克法兰 的书的书评。 If you’re a dog lover, you probably know about the Westminster Kennel Club Dog Show. Held annually in New York City, the event attracts thousands of dogs and their owners, each competing for the top prize — Best in Show. Westminster is so popular that some people call it a dog Super Bowl. But do you know that lots of smaller and very different dog shows take place each year across the country? One of them was held recently in Jacksonville, Florida. It was the Pals and Paws Agility ( 敏 捷 ) Trial. About 100 dogs took part in the three-day event, held from 8th to 10th in March at the Jacksonville Equestrian Centre. In the contest, dogs competed on an obstacle course. Owners directed the dogs through obstacles. Dogs were judged on how long it took them to complete the obstacle course and how well they performed in each trial. Does your dog have what it takes to compete? Liz McGuire said the preparation was key. “You can keep your dog in condition by exercising them and feeding them the right foods,” she said. “The dog has to be trained, sort of like a football player.” MeGuire competed in agility trials with five Australian shepherds. Suzanne Wesley’s poodle, Raya, was in top shape at the Jacksonville event. Raya won the Agility Dog Champion title. It was one of the highest awards. Other owners and dogs taking part in the trials included Terry Herman and her small poodle, Idgie, and Stuart Mah with his four-year-old border collie, Ares. For dog owners like Hunter Moore, however, the Pals and Paws Agility Trial was pure entertainment. He had a pug named Bessie, but he didn’t compete. What did Moore like most about the Jacksonville event? “Seeing everyone try their best, even the dogs!” 5. What do we know about the Westminster Kennel Club Dog Show according to the passage? a. It is very popular with dog owners. b. It is held in New York City each year. c. The top prize of it is called Best in Show. d. Winners of the contest will win a super bowl. A. abd B. abc C. bcd D. aed 6. In the Pals and Paws Agility Trial, dogs are judged mainly on ________. A. their appearance B. their cooperation with their owners C. their cooperation with other dogs D. their performances in completing the obstacle course 7. What did Liz MeGuire tell dog owners in Paragraph 3? A. How to prepare for the contest. B. Who usually takes part in the contest. C. How many dogs compete in agility trials. D. Why it is good to take part in the contest. 8. All of the dog owners took part in the Pals and Paws Agility Trial EXCEPT ________. A. Suzanne Wesley B. Terry Herman C. Stuart Mah D. Hunter Moore 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是说明文。除了深受爱狗人士欢迎的纽约州的犬比赛， 佛罗里达州的杰克逊维尔的小狗比拼赛也备受人们喜爱。本文向我们介绍了这一 比赛的内容和注意事项。 5. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据第一段的 Held annually in New York City，the event attracts thousands of dogs and their owners, each competing for the top prize — Best in Show 可知，a、b、c 三项都是正确的，故选 B 项。 6. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段的 Dogs were judged on how long it took them to complete the obstacle course and how well they performed in each trial 可知，Pals and Paws Agility Trial 主要是根据小狗们穿越障碍物所花时间的长短及其表现来 评分的。 7. 答案 A 解析 推理判断题。根据第三段的内容可知，利兹·麦圭尔主要讲的是参加比赛 前的准备工作。 8. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据最后一段的 For dog owners like Hunter Moore, however, the Pals and Paws Agility Trial was pure entertainment. He had a pug named Bessie, but he didn’t compete 可知，亨特·摩尔没有参加比赛。 Ⅱ. 完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 Just when I thought that life was dealing me with hard blows, more blows came along. I ___1___ the meaning of life. No matter how hard I asked, there was no ___2___ from the walls of my bedroom. In the stillness of the night, huddled(卷缩) on my bed, I let my tears ___3___ and soon I was sobbing terribly. However, I was careful about my sobs ___4___ someone in the house should hear me. I was not entirely successful as a few sobs would ___5___. My poor little dog lay down quietly beside me and had a___6___ look in his eyes. Well, it wasn’t the first time he had witnessed me ___7___ this way. When I was a teenager years ago, I thought that holding my tears ___8___was a sign of strength. Now I know that tears ___9___ for me. What I found amazing and amusing was that, ___10___ comforted me. I learned that crying was a form of relief therapy ( 疗 法) for me. It helped me get ___11___ in an unexplainable way. Usually I ___12___ to cry at bedtime when others were in bed. Pieces of tissue would be ___13___ to dry up my tears. Sometimes it was too much and I had to walk___14___into the bathroom to wash up my messed-up face. The ___15___ morning, though feeling a little worn from last night’s sobbing session, somehow I felt renewed and a ___16___ of lightness. Magically, things didn’t seem that bad anymore. They were still frustrating but I had to ___17___ they weren’t life-threatening. Of course my obstacles still remained but they didn’t appear as ___18___ as last night. I’m still alive and I took it as a sign that I have more to live and to give. I ___19___ from the movie My Best Friend’s Wedding , ___20___ this bellman delivered my favorite line, “My grandmother always said, ‘This, too, shall pass.’” 1. A. understood B. predicted C. questioned D. evaluated 2. A. sign B. reply C. clue D. order 3. A. rise B. appear C. exist D. drop 4. A. in case B. now that C. even if D. as though 5. A. follow B. increase C. escape D. happpen 6. A. surprised B. excited C. satisfied D. puzzled 7. A. laughing B. crying C. whispering D. playing 8. A. back B. up C. down D. on 9. A. stop B. change C. flow D. work 10. A. successes B. victories C. tears D. tasks 11. A. worried B. relaxed C. disappointed D. excited 12. A. chose B. refused C. planned D. agreed 13. A. accepted B. believed C. produced D. wasted 14. A. suddenly B. slowly C. quietly D. happily 15. A. first B. next C. last D. other 16. A. sense B. promise C. dream D. idea 17. A. explain B. think C. realize D. admit 18. A. unimportant B. unpleasant C. impossible D. impolite 19. A. heard B. recalled C. returned D. hung 20. A. where B. when C. how D. why 答案与解析 【解题导语】 生活中作者遇到一个又一个的磨难，但是哭泣却让作者找到 了发泄情绪的方式。也许困难仍然存在，但哭泣会使你轻松很多。 1. 答案 C 解析 作者碰到一个接一个的打击，所以怀疑生活的意义。 2. 答案 B 解析 联系从句的意思，特别是其中的 asked，可知此处指回应。 3. 答案 D 解析 作者让泪水流下来。 4. 答案 A 解析 根据句中的 I was careful about my sobs 可知，作者怕万一有人听到。 5. 答案 C 解析 根据句子的意思可知，有些哭泣的声音还是传了出去。 6. 答案 D 解析 小狗躺在作者的身边，流露出疑惑不解的表情。 7. 答案 B 解析 根据上下文的意思可知，此处指小狗见证了作者哭泣的场面。 8. 答案 A 解析 作者当时认为控制住泪水是力量的象征。 9. 答案 D 解析 现在作者知道泪水对自己起作用。 10. 答案 C 解析 作者发现泪水能够安慰自己。 11. 答案 B 解析 根据上文中的 I 1earned that crying was a form of relief therapy for me 可知， 哭泣能帮助作者放松。 12. 答案 A 解析 联系文章的语境可以推知，作者选择在睡觉的时间哭泣。 13. 答案 D 解析 在哭泣时要浪费纸巾来擦干眼泪。 14. 答案 C 解析 结合上下文的语境可知，作者静静地来到洗手间洗脸。 15. 答案 B 解析 根据第一段中最后提到的情节可知，这里指第二天早晨。 16. 答案 A 解析 a sense of lightness 意为“轻松感”。 17. 答案 D 解析 联系此处的语境，作者承认困难不再是生活中的威胁。 18. 答案 C 解析 作者的一些困难仍然存在，但是它们也不再像昨天晚上那样不可能(解决) 了。 19. 答案 B 解析 作者回忆起电影《我的最好的朋友的婚礼》。 20. 答案 A 解析 分析句子的结构可知，此句为定语从句，先行词是前面提到的电影，用 where 引导定语从句。 Ⅲ.语法填空 W: Thanks for calling Quality Inn. Marine speaking. M: Hello. I’m interested in ___1___ (book) a room for the September long weekend. W: I’m afraid we’re totally booked for that weekend. There’s a convention in town and we’re the ___2___ (close) hotel to the convention centre. M: Oh, I didn’t know. Well, what about the weekend after that? W: So... Friday the seventeenth? M: Yes. Friday and Saturday. W: It looks like we have a few vacancies ___3___ (leave). We recommend that you make a reservation, though. It’s still considered the peak season then. M: Okay. Do you have any rooms ___4___ two double beds? We’re a family of four. W: Yes, all of our rooms have two double beds. The rate for that weekend is ＄129 ___5___ night. M: That’s reasonable. And do you have cots? One of my daughters___6___ be bringing a friend. W: We do, but ___7___ also charge an extra ten dollars per person for any family with over four people. The cot is free. M: Okay, but I’m not sure___8___she is coming. Can we pay when we arrive? W: Yes. ___9___ , we do require a fifty dollar credit card deposit to hold the room. You can cancel up to five days in advance and we will refund your deposit. M: Great, I ___10___ (call) you right back. I have to find my husband’s credit card. W: Okay. Oh, and just to let you know.., our outdoor pool will be closed, but our indoor pool is open. 答案与解析 1. booking。介词后应用动名词形式作宾语。 2. closest。根据语境可知，此处应用形容词的最高级。 3. left。过去分词用作定语。 4. with。此处意为“你们有带两张双人床的房间吗?”with“带有，具有”。 5. a / per。此处意为“一个晚上收费 129 美元”，故应填 a/per，表示“每一”。 6. might / may。下文的信息 I’m not sure 表明空格处用 might/may。 7. we。根据语境可知，此处指的就是上文的 we，故代词应该保持一致。 8. if / whether。空处引导宾语从句，又根据句意可知，空处所填词意为“是否”， 故用 if / whether。 9. However。根据上下文可知，前后表示转折，后面还有逗号，故应用副词 however。 10. will call。表示临时决定用 will do。 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Many of us mistakenly believe that it’s wrong to think we have any good qualities. We may spend a lot of time blaming ourselves for our negative qualities, thinking that self-criticism is the key to improving our performance. However, a constant focus on our supposed shortcomings can stop our efforts to make friends with other people. How can we believe that others could like us if we believe our inner being is flawed(有缺点的)? If someone seems to dislike you, the reason for that dislike might have little or nothing to do with you. The person who doesn’t like you might be fearful, or shallow, or busy, or shy. Perhaps you and that person are simply a mismatch for each other at this particular time. Don’t take yourself out of the game by deciding that your flaws are bigger than your good qualities. In fact, some of the very qualities you consider to be flaws may be irresistible to someone else. Although some factors might cause one person to reject you, there are at least many factors that will work in your favor. You might be thirty pounds over your ideal weight, but you may have a wonderful laugh and much enthusiasm for life. There are many people who don’t mind your extra pounds. You may drive a shabby car, but you might be a great dancer and a loyal friend. There are people out there looking for loyalty, or fun, or sweetness, or wisdom, and the package it comes in is not important. If you are worried that you are not beautiful enough to attract friends, keep in mind that not everyone is looking for physical beauty in their friends. You can decide to feel inferior because you don’t have much money or you don’t drive a nice car. You can believe that this is the reason why you don’t have many friends in your life. But on the other hand, if you are very wealthy you may be suspicious that everyone is after your money and that nobody really likes you as a person. The point is that you can focus on just anything and believe it’s the reason why you do not have friends and cannot make any. 1. According to the passage, ________ plays an important role in making friends. A. admitting your shortcomings B. self-criticism C. modesty D. confidence 2. If you are not liked by a person, ________. A. you should find the reason in yourself B. you’d better talk with the person face to face C. you may not be the one to be blamed D. you and that person misunderstand each other 3. We can learn from the third paragraph that ________. A. your good qualities may make you earn more money B. your weakness may also be your strengths in some way C. your negative qualities may cause you to lose friends D. you’ll have few friends if you don’t share the same interest 4. Which of the following is TRUE according to the author? A. It is important to lose weight. B. It is easier for a wealthy person to make friends. C. Inner qualities are more important than physical appearance. D. If you are not beautiful enough, try to improve your physical beauty. 5. What do you think the author is most likely to suggest if he continues to write? A. How to find your good qualities. B. How to make friends. C. How to make self-criticism. D. How to keep fit. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是议论文。每个人都有自己的优缺点，虽然认识自己的 缺点很重要，但我们也不必一味地贬低自己。 1. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。根据第一段中的 However, a constant focus on our supposed shortcomings can stop our efforts to make friends with other people.可推知，过分看 重自身的缺点会影响我们交友，换句话说，我们在交朋友时要有自信心，故 D 项正确。 2. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句 If someone seems to dislike you，the reason for that dislike might have little or nothing to do with you.可知，C 项正确。 3. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据第三段中的 In fact, some of the very qualities you consider to be flaws may be irresistible to someone else.可推知，你认为的缺点在某种意义 上也可能是优点。故选 B 项。 4. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第四段的内容，尤其是 keep in mind that not everyone is looking for physical beauty in their friends 可知，内在的品质比外形更加重要。故 选 C 项。 5. 答案 A 解析 推理判断题。根据文章最后一段的内容可推知，接下来作者最有可能讲述 如何在自己身上发现好的品质，进而交到更多的朋友。故 A 项正确。 “The car of tomorrow” runs one of the most famous businesses in advertising. People used to believe that science would promise a future of endless spare time and very cheap electricity. Nowadays the scientists’ predictions are a great deal less optimistic: the world is challenged by climate change and decreasing resources. In fact,“the car of tomorrow” is just a symbol of hope. The emission of carbon dioxide has contributed to global warming, but the car producers are waking up to their responsibilities. Investment in new technology to maximize efficiency and minimize environmental damage is not only improving the car industry’s act but also setting an example to other industries. It is said that most cars of today run about 15 percent efficiency, which does highlight the potential for improvement. Get it right, and we could continue to enjoy the freedom that comes with owning a car, without the worries. Of course, many advances have already been made. There’s evidence that the public is eager to buy cleaner and greener cars. And with petrol prices increasing there is no doubt that the cars with economical, efficient engines are going to be in great demand. The good news is that we can all drive “the car of tomorrow” today, without having to worry about the purchase cost. By choosing our holiday hire cars wisely we can cut down on our fuel costs and experience an eco-friendly drive. Hire a green car and you’ll make a difference to the environment. Designers will always enjoy catching our imagination with “concept cars” that look more like miniature spaceships than anything you see on the highway. Whether vehicles as radical as these creations will eventually become family cars remains to be seen. However, for the moment, there’s no doubt at all what “the car of tomorrow” will be, and it’s here today: something familiar and friendly that does its job with considerably less trouble and much greater efficiency than the car of yesterday. 6. From the text the author wants to ________. A. make a comparison B. tell us what is “the car of tomorrow” C. make an advertisement D. change an old concept 7. Our present worry about developing the car industry is that ________. A. it provides less money B. it’s not environmentally friendly C. the competition is very fierce D. the economic situation affects it a lot 8. It can be learned from the fourth paragraph that ________. A. fewer cars will be produced in the future B. cleaner and greener cars are more expensive C. cleaner and greener cars are in great demand D. no measures have been taken to improve car efficiency 9. What can we learn about “concept cars”? A. It is doubtful that they will become family cars. B. They are considered as a result of imagination. C. They are of high efficiency and cause less pollution. D. They look like traditional cars on the highway. 10. What is the author’s attitude towards “the car of tomorrow”? A. Sympathetic. B. Negative. C. Doubtful. D. Supportive. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇议论文。论述了无污染而高效能的汽车必将成为 未来的主流。 6. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据全文可知，作者要告诉我们什么是“未来汽车”，故选 B 项。 7. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据文章第二段中的 The emission of carbon dioxide has contributed to global warming 和第三段中的 It is said that most cars of today run about 15 percent efficiency 可知，汽车工业目前存在的问题是高耗能和污染严重， 即不够环保，故选 B 项。 8. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第四段中的 the public is eager to buy cleaner and greener cars 可知大众对清洁、环保的汽车的需求很大，故选 C 项。 9. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中的 Whether vehicles as radical as these creations will eventually become family cars remains to be seen 可知，作者对“概念 车”最终是否会成为家用汽车持怀疑态度，故选 A 项。 10. 答案 D 解析 推测作者态度题。根据文章最后一句可知，作者对“未来汽车”的发展持 赞成态度，故选 D 项。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 There are two primary choices in life: to accept conditions as they exist, or to accept responsibility for changing them. Thirty years ago, when I first came to Valley East, we were a community of adults full of ___1___. We took on many ___2___ and forged(形成) a spirit that turned us into the fastest ___3___ town in the Regional Municipality of Sudbury. People simply did not accept unexpected conditions and stepped forward to make sure that they were changed for the ___4___. When I began ___5___ as the marketing manager for Val Mazzuca in 2004, many people asked me how I was able to___6___ him. Val is known as a(n) ___7___ demanding businessman who has a low___8___for others. When I read the above ___9___ the other day, it immediately became clear ___10___ the two of us get along so well. And the more I get to know about the history of this man, the ___11___ I realize he is a man whose philosophy of life can be ___12___ by that quotation. He has always accepted ___13___ for changing them. I also realized that this was what I adopted very early in my life. I___14___I get along so well with Val because we both have a “vision” of the ___15___ of the community of Valley East. There are some conditions that cannot be ___16___ and must be changed. There is also a great deal of difficulty when you try to change things, but you must never let the difficulty ___17___ you from pursuing your goals. We come from ___18___ backgrounds, but we are both ___19___ to face the challenges that come up along the ___20___. That is why we get along so well. 1. A. thought B. energy C. wealth D. experience 2. A. wonders B. instructions C. challenges D. questions 3. A. rising B. shaking C. moving D. growing 4. A. richer B. better C. older D. stronger 5. A. working B. traveling C. living D. discussing 6. A. catch up with B. get along with C. look forward to D. put up with 7. A. frequently B. probably C. accidentally D. extremely 8. A. trick B. taste C. tolerance D. spirit 9. A. quotation B. article C. novel D. poem 10. A. that B. what C. how D. why 11. A. worst B. worse C. most D. more 12. A. broken down B. summed up C. brought in D. picked up 13. A. responsibility B. favor C. advice D. truth 14. A. remember B. prove C. guess D. predict 15. A. purpose B. role C. position D. potential 16. A. accepted B. judged C. checked D. created 17. A. catch B. stop C. tell D. attract 18. A. excellent B. broad C. different D. suitable 19. A. willing B. careful C. fit D. lucky 20. A. ceremony B. manner C. journey D. practice 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是夹叙夹议文。在生活中，我们有两个基本的选择：要 么接受现状，要么努力去改变它。 1. 答案 B 解析 由下文内容可知，这是一群精力(energy)充沛的年轻人。 2. 答案 C 解析 根据空后的 and forged a spirit 可知，作者他们接受了许多挑战(challenges)， 培养了一种不服输的精神。 3. 答案 D 解析 根据上下文语境可知，此处表示这种精神把作者他们带入了成长(growing) 最快的城镇。 4. 答案 B 解析 根据空前的 did not accept unexpected conditions 可知，此处表示作者他们 确保把意想不到的情况变得更好(better)。 5. 答案 A 解析 根据空后的 the marketing manager 可以判断，在 2004 年作者担任了市场 部经理。 6. 答案 B 解析 根据下文的 the two of us get along so well 可知，许多人问作者是如何与法 尔相处的。 7. 答案 D 解析 由上下文语境可知，法尔是一个要求非常(extremely)苛刻的人，他对别人 的忍耐力(tolerance)很低。 8. 答案 C 解析 参见上题解析。 9. 答案 A 解析 根据下文的 can be ___27___ by that quotation 可知应选 A 项。 10. 答案 D 解析 作者忽然明白了为什么他们两个能够相处得很好。此处表示原因，应用 why。 11. 答案 D 解析 作者越了解他的过去就越意识到他的人生哲学可以用那句话概括 (summed up)。 12. 答案 B 解析 参见上题解析。 13. 答案 A 解 析 根 据 文 章 第 一 句 中 的 to accept conditions as they exist, or to accept responsibility for changing them 可知，应选 A 项。 14. 答案 C 解析 根据空后的 because we both have a “vision” of the ___30___ of the community of Valley East 可知，作者对两个人相处融洽的原因进行了猜测(guess)。 15. 答案 D 解析 由上文内容可知，作者他们两个人都看好这个社区的发展潜力(potential)。 16. 答案 A 解析 根据文章的第一句话及空后的 must be changed 可知，有些现状是不能被 接受(accepted)的，必须改变。 17. 答案 B 解析 根据空前的 never let the difficulty 以及空后的 from pursuing your goals 可 知，当你要改变现状时必然会遇到许多困难，但是你不能让这些困难阻止(stop) 你实现目标。 18. 答案 C 解析 根据空后的 backgrounds 及转折连词 but 可知，作者跟法尔生活背景不同 (different)。 19. 答案 A 解析 根据空后的 to face the challenges 可知，作者和法尔都愿意(willing)面对人 生道路上的挑战。 20. 答案 C 解析 根据语境可知应选 journey“(尤指长途)旅行”，在这里引申为工作和生活 的历程。 Ⅲ.语法填空 W: So, why exactly does your job have a reputation for being ___1___ (stress)? M: Stress is generally driven by the feeling of being out of control of a situation, and the feeling of a situation controlling you. Trading in financial markets ___2___ (combine) both. W: How do you relax in the evening? M: I very rarely do anything work-related. So it’s easy ___3___ (escape) the markets. I generally go to the gym or go for a run, especially if I’ve had a bad day. I always cook a meal rather than have a takeaway. To do something my brain would regard as creative. W: Do you think what you do to relax is ___4___ effective way to beat stress? M: I don’t think there is a specific rule about how to beat stress. I generally find that what I do is effective for ___5___. W: Would you consider changing your job___6___ of the high stress factor? M: I have considered leaving my job due to stress-related factors. ___7___, I do think that an element of stress is a good thing, and if used the right way, it___8___actually be a positive thing. W: What do you enjoy about the stressful aspects of your job? M: Having said all that, I do actually enjoy an element of ___9___ (certain). I enjoy a mental challenge. Trading generates a wide range of emotions second by second. ___10___ you deal with and manage those emotions dictates ( 决 定 ) short-medium-and long-term trading performance and success. 答案与解析 1. stressful。分析句子可知，这里应填 stress 的形容词形式 stressful。 2. combines。句子的主语是 trading，且本文的时态为一般现在时，故填 combines。 3. to escape。it’s easy to do sth. 是常用句型，故填 to escape。 4. an。way 是可数名词且修饰 way 的形容词 effective 以元音音素开头，故填 an。 5. me。本句的主语是 I，此处应填其宾格形式，故填 me。 6. because。分析句子可知，空处前后是因果关系，空后是原因，且根据介词 of 可知，此处应填 because。 7. However。根据语境可知，空处前后句子是转折关系，故填 however。 8. can。此处表示“如果使用得当，压力可以成为一件有 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 When people introduce themselves, I always hear them say “I’m just a housewife”. I don’t understand why their introduction is always filled with regret and self-pity. Is it really a crime to be a housewife? Is it really embarrassing when you choose not to work outside and instead choose to work in your home? Is income the only mark of being proud of what you are doing and how you are spending your life? How could you be “you are just a housewife” when the basic social unit of society depends on you and your service? Isn’t it surprising that even if your day starts before everyone and ends after everyone, you still don’t feel that you have accomplished anything? A housewife works for the longest hour, shelling out every responsibility of the house, supporting your husband, child studies, caring for elders, managing finances, paying bills, grocery shopping, cooking according to individual taste, cleaning, entertaining family and friends, maintaining a pleasant environment at home, remembering things that others have forgotten, looking after each and every requirement of the family members, etc. A housewife could be anyone: daughter, wife, mother, teacher, financial advisor, fashion designer and consultant, nurse, gardener, driver, cook, and so on. Don’t think you are not being paid for it. You get the reward that no money can offer — the love and affection of your family, their trust in you, a happy home and your own satisfaction. It is you who choose to be in this occupation, willingly or for any other reason. After a busy day, all wait to return to the comfortable home set by you. They know you will be there to absorb all their stress and tiredness and relax them. Would the life have been the same had you been working outside to earn some money? Would you along with your family have been able to buy all the content in life that you are enjoying now with that money? Respect yourself for what you are. Introduce yourself to the world with the same dignity. The world understands the importance of your job; it’s time to make them accept it. Introduce yourself with pride and with twinkle in your eyes “I am a housewife”. Kick that “just” out. 1. What is the housewives’ feeling when they say “I’m just a housewife” in the author’s opinion? A. Nervous. B. Comfortable. C. Satisfied. D. Regretful. 2. According to the author, the true value of the housewives lies in the following EXCEPT ________. A. the harmony of their family B. the love and affection of their family C. family members’ trust in them D. the stable income of their family 3. What does the author advise housewives to do when they introduce themselves? A. Take care not to make a mistake. B. Pick up self-confidence and pride. C. Understand the importance of their jobs. D. Try to make others understand their life. 4. How does the passage mainly develop? A. By making comparisons. B. By giving examples. C. By offering some questions. D. By following the order of time. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇议论文。许多家庭主妇在介绍自己的职业时总是 带着遗憾和自怜，其实她们为家庭以及整个社会都作出了巨大的贡献，作者在此 建议她们要勇敢自信地介绍自己的职业。 1. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。从第一段的第二句 I don’t understand why their introduction is always filled with regret and self-pity 可知，许多家庭主妇在介绍自己的职业时总 是感觉很遗憾和自怜。所以答案为 D 项。 2. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。从第二段的最后一句 You get the reward that no money can offer — the love and affection of your family, their trust in you, a happy home and your own satisfaction 可知，家庭主妇得到的回报是用金钱无法衡量的爱、信任、 幸福的家和自我的满足，这些才真正体现了她们的价值。文章没有提到 D 项。 3. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。从最后一段中的 Respect yourself for what you are. Introduce yourself to the world with the same dignity 和 Introduce yourself with pride and with twinkle in your eyes 可知，作者建议家庭主妇在介绍自己的职业时要有自豪感， 要自信。所以答案为 B 项。 4. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。从第一段中的 Is it really a crime to be a housewife? Is it really embarrassing ... your life? 第 二 段 中 的 How could you be “ you are just a housewife”... you have accomplished anything?及第三段中的 Would the life have been the same ... you are enjoying now with that money?可知，文章是通过提问题 来展开叙述的。所以答案为 C 项。 Expert Tricks on iPhone 5 We don’t want to change your phone, we want to make you say, wow, that is a bigger than I expected, iPhone 5 is a result of that desire to surprise. It’s been completely redesigned. For the first time ever, we’ve increased the size of display by making the screen taller but not wider. You can see more of your content without the need to scroll. We are making scrolling the thing of the past. iPhone 5 is more comfortable to use and reduces scrolling tiredness when you are reading long documents. Even with the larger display, iPhone 5 is the thinnest iPhone we ever built. To achieve the design this tall, we have to look at it and completely redesign the internal architecture. It’s 18% thinner and 79.5% taller than the previous iPhone. It makes everything you do on iPhone 5 feels easier and just move your arm away. No more hidden menus, no confusing gestures. Everything is right at your fingertips. The panorama feature(全景功能) is simply awesome. The ultra-HD widescreen display let you get your entire shot in a single snap. You can also use your iPhone 5’s innovative design for image stabilization. With an iPhone this tall, reception has never been better. You enjoy crystal clear clarity on even the longest calls. And of course, all your favorite applications are still available. In fact you will find your old favorites also benefit from the new handsome ultra-HD widescreen. We found while many previous iPhone owners were using Facetime, they only used it for the faces. That’s why we are introducing Bodytime. Using iPhone 5’s ultra-HD widescreen display, Bodytime let you see a person’s entire body, allowing you to detect mannerisms and defects like never before. We look way beyond what our thoughts expect, it took all of our learning , all of our thinking to realize something so simple, so clear, and yet so tall. iPhone 5, the tallest thing to happen to iPhone since iPhone. 5. What can we learn about iPhone 5? A. It is taller, wider and thinner. B. It is taller, wider and thicker. C. It is taller, thinner but not wider. D. It is shorter, wider and thinner. 6. With this new iPhone, you can do all the following EXCEPT ________. A. doing things easily on it by moving arm away B. scrolling more quickly than before C. getting the entire shot in a single snap D. using Bodytime for a person’s entire body 7. How thick is the redesigned iPhone 5 if the previous iPhone is 7.6mm in thickness? A. 6.232 mm. B. 1.558 mm. C. 1.368 mm. D. 6.042 mm. 8. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Bodytime will replace Facetime in the future. B. Scrolling on the phone will be the thing of the past. C. All your favorite apps are still available on the new iPhone. D. iPhone 5 will be the tallest thing to happen. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文以夸张手法向人们描述了拥有全新设计的 iPhone 5 给用 户带来的全新体验。 5. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段中的 taller but not wider 以及第三段中的 the thinnest iPhone 和 It’s 18％ thinner and 79.5％ taller than the previous iPhone 可 知，C 项正确。 6. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段中的 You can see more of your content without the need to scroll 以及 reduces scrolling tiredness 可知，新推出的 iPhone 5 屏幕更长， 减少了因滚屏带来的疲劳，而不是说滚屏的速度更快，故选 B 项。 7. 答案 A 解析 数字计算题。根据文章第三段最后一句可知，iPhone 5 的厚度比之前的 iPhone 减少了 18％，如果之前的 iPhone 的厚度为 7.6 mm，那么 iPhone 5 的厚度 为 7.6×(1-18％)=6.232 mm，故选 A 项。 8. 答案 D 解析 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了拥有全新设计的 iPhone 5— —史上最长的 iPhone 手机——给用户带来的全新体验。并且全文一直强调 tall， 故选 D 项。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 I read an article that said “Christmas train to your past”. I said to my husband, “Do you want to go?” He ___1___ and did not seem to want to make the trip ___2___ I purchased my ticket online and decided to ___3___ this so called Christmas train to the past. I drove to the train station and got on board. I had a ___4___ in hand, since the train ride was two hours long. Just a few minutes into the trip I got a little ___5___ and decided to “nod off ” for a bit. I put my book down and closed my eyes. The___6___ thing that I knew was that the train was stopping and we were ___7___. A lady with a name tag that read “Angel” came to me and said she would be my___8___ for the trip. We walked to a building that ___9___ “Christmas memories 1980”. Once we got inside, what a ___10___ it was! There were videos playing, ___11___ videos “Hey, that is my old house ” I exclaimed! “Hey, there was my father putting together my Barbie Dream House that I ___12___ when I was eight years old.” OOH, this was my eighth Christmas! I was just amazed but ___13___ I felt so much warmth and joy from seeing probably the best Christmas memories that I had as a child playing for me. Tears began to___14___down my face and I was just so ___15___ to feel this joy again as I did at that time. Angel just led me around and did not speak, this was my time to ___16___! We stayed in this building for some time, watching the video of my eighth ___17___, the opening of the gifts, my family coming over, these were memories that I had ___18___ away for sometime now. Suddenly, there was a tap on my shoulder and “Angel” was telling me the ___19___ was over. “What? Was I sleeping?” With a ___20___ look she said, “Yes dear, you must have been, the ride is over, I am sorry but you must be going now.” 1. A. remained B. wandered C. changed D. hesitated 2. A. though B. because C. so D. but 3. A. board B. miss C. lose D. find 4. A. diagram B. book C. picture D. photo 5. A. nervous B. thirsty C. lucky D. sleepy 6. A. next B. first C. last D. other 7. A. getting on B. getting up C. getting off D. getting in 8. A. manager B. guide C. coach D. captain 9. A. read B. wrote C. spoke D. appeared 10. A. sign B. mark C. gesture D. sight 11. A. familiar B. similar C. particular D. strange 12. A. delivered B. borrowed C. received D. bought 13. A. even B. also C. yet D. still 14. A. go B. fall C. head D. stream 15. A. excited B. surprised C. puzzled D. satisfied 16. A. spend B. save C. enjoy D. waste 17. A. birthday B. Christmas C. anniversary D. season 18. A. hid B. buried C. covered D. thrown 19. A. walk B. action C. dream D. ride 20. A. disappointed B. worried C. confused D. pleased 答案与解析 【解题导语】 作者乘坐圣诞列车回到儿时的记忆，不仅看到曾经住过的房 子，8 岁时的圣诞节日，还有收到的圣诞礼物…… 1. 答案 D 解析 他犹豫不决，好像不想去旅行。 2. 答案 C 解析 所以作者就在网上购买了自己旅行的车票。 3. 答案 A 解析 作者决定登上这列所谓的驶向过去的圣诞列车。 4. 答案 B 解析 因为火车要行驶两个小时，所以作者手里拿着一本书。 5. 答案 D 解析 作者感到有点困倦，就想睡一会儿。 6. 答案 A 解析 作者知道接下来火车停下了。 7. 答案 C 解析 根据下文可知，此处是作者下了火车。 8. 答案 B 解析 一位名叫“天使”的女士向作者走过来，要作作者的导游。 9. 答案 A 解析 我们走向一座建筑物，上面写着“1980 年的圣诞记忆”。 10. 答案 D 解析 作者一走进去就看到一幕美好的景象。 11. 答案 A 解析 由于都是作者过去经历的事情，所以所播放的影碟内容都是作者熟悉的。 12. 答案 C 解析 作者的父亲在把作者所收到的 Barbie Dream House 放到一起。 13. 答案 B 解析 作者感到很吃惊，但是也感到很温暖。 14. 答案 D 解析 眼泪从作者的脸上流下来。 15. 答案 A 解析 能再次感受这种快乐，作者感到很兴奋。 16. 答案 C 解析 天使不说话，在作者看来，此时应该是作者享受的时间。 17. 答案 B 解析 根据上下文的语境可知，此处指作者度过的第八个圣诞节的影碟。 18. 答案 B 解析 作者一直把这些记忆埋藏起来。 19. 答案 D 解析 天使告诉作者旅途结束。 20. 答案 C 解析 作者并没有意识到自己睡着了，所以流露出疑惑不解的表情。 Ⅲ.语法填空 W: May I see your license, please? M: But officer, did I do something wrong? W: Do you mean ___1___ (say) you didn’t see the speed limit sign back there? M: Um, no, madam, I guess I didn’t. W: In other words, you drove by ___2___ fast to read it. The sign says 35m/h. A school is just nearby, you know? M: Don’t get me wrong, but my speedometer didn’t read much ___3___ (fast) than that. W: Then, why is it ___4___ my radar showed you were going 45m/h? Let me put it ___5___ way. I’m going to give you a ticket. Again, may I see your license, please? M: Here it is, officer. But let me explain. I was late for an important___6___ (appoint) and I was worried that I wouldn’t make it on time. So... W: Uha, just a minute, here. Your license is no longer valid. You ___7___ (renew) it two weeks ago. I’m going to write your name up for that, too. M: What? Really? W: Your license became invalid on your birthday and that was two weeks ago according to the date here. You are in violation of the law-driving___8___a valid license. M: I’m sorry, madam. I didn’t realize that. W: Here’s the ticket for not having a valid license. But I’m only going to give you ___9___ warning about exceeding the speed limit. Be ___10___ (care) next time. M: Yes, madam, I will. Thank you. 答案与解析 1. to say。mean to do 是固定搭配，意为“想要；打算”，故填 to say。 2. too。too ... to 是固定搭配，意为“太……而不能”，故填 too。 3. faster。根据空后的 than 可知，这里应填 fast 的比较级 faster。 4. that。分析句子结构可知，此处是强调句型的特殊疑问句。 5. another。put it another way 是固定搭配，意为“换言之”。 6. appointment 。 空 前 有 冠 词 an 和 形 容 词 important ， 故 这 里 应 用 名 词 appointment。 7. should have renewed。根据语境以及空后的 two weeks ago 可知，这里应用 should have done，表示“本应做某事而未做”。 8. without。由语境可知这里表示“无有效证件驾驶”，故用 without。 9. a。空后的 warning 是可数名词，且这里表示“一个警告”，故填 a。 10. careful。此处意为“下次小心”，故填 careful。 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Smile and keep up the spirit; everything is temporary. Problems are the steps we need to acquire better things. Problems are new opportunities to learn what we need to know to avoid making mistakes, to start over, to do the best we can, with a new attitude, the right attitude. Everything is for good. At the end of the tunnel there is always light. The important thing is that regardless of any barrier we face, we don’t stop moving forward while we are in the darkness of that tunnel. To stay in such darkness, to sigh, or to wait for somebody to feel pity or sorry for us doesn’t solve anything. It is important to understand that walking in that unavoidable dark tunnel is a blessing in disguise since it becomes part of our experience, it makes us grow and it is one of the two ways that forces us to form our character. Benjamin Franklin said, “We either buy wisdom, paying for our mistakes, or take it borrowed, learning from other people’s mistakes.” To stay in the misery or blame others does you no good. You are bigger than any challenge; you have everything you need to make it through and succeed. Don’t stop! Continue moving forward! Don’t stay in that mental dark zone. In this zone there is no growth, only insecurity(不安). Regardless of all fears, it is necessary to keep moving forward. There are a lot of blessings waiting for you! The riches of life are for those who have the courage and perseverance(坚持不懈) to take action. Life may not be fair; it is for sure that all of us will pay for our mistakes. That is unavoidable, but what makes us grow is not how many times life beats us, but how many times we get up and try. Who hasn’t gone through bad times? The important thing is to see, understand, and accept life as it is. Everybody makes mistakes! Once we make a decision and take action, there is no way to go back. Life cannot be, nor will it be otherwise. Being irresponsible, blaming, or justifying(为……辩护) our actions and mistakes keeps us from growing. 1. In Paragraph 2 the author advises us to ________. A. ignore the difficult situation B. wait for help when in trouble C. keep moving in times of trouble D. be careful of any barrier we face 2. What Benjamin Franklin said proves that ________. A. some people don’t make mistakes B. making mistakes is unavoidable C. we have to pay for our mistakes D. mistakes can be beneficial to us 3. Which of the following statements would the author agree with according to the passage? A. Accepting life as it is frees us from growing. B. Courage and perseverance are vital to success. C. We should think twice before making a decision. D. We should bear in mind that life is equal to everyone. 4. The author writes the passage mainly to ________. A. encourage readers to pursue their dreams B. advise readers to get out of the comfort zone C. call on readers to feel confident about their future D. advise readers to look on problems as opportunities 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是说明文。在人生路上，每个人都会遇到困难和挑战。 如果我们能够培养良好的心态，把困难看作前进的垫脚石，勇往直前，最终我们 就能够克服困难，走向成功。 1. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第二段第三句可知，作者建议我们遇到困难时，不要止 步不前。 2. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。在第三段中，作者引用了富兰克林的话，是为了证明前面作 者的观点：错误使我们成长，错误有助于塑造我们的性格。 3. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据文章倒数第二段第三句可知，作者认为，生活中的财富 属于那些有勇气、有毅力的人。可见作者认为勇气和毅力是成功的要素。 4. 答案 D 解析 写作目的题。通览全文，作者旨在劝说读者要把生活中的困难看作前进的 台阶，努力拼搏，克服困难，开创未来。 Nanotechnology is a fashionable word these days. The name “nano”(纳米) comes from the size of molecules, which are measured in nanometers — or one billionth of a meter. Through operating the atoms and molecules, scientists can change the nature of common materials and even create new materials that have new properties. But scientists are concerned about its possible risks to our daily lives. Clothing merchants claim their nano-cloth keeps our bodies warmer in winter, saving us from needing thick coats. Vitamin companies boast their nano-pills are easier to absorb. Home decoration companies suggest you use their nano-paint, which has no smell, is waterproof, and free from poisonous substances. Nanomaterials are making our lives better, its creators say. The U.S. National Science Foundation predicts nanotechnology research will grow into a U.S. ＄-trillion industry over the next 10 years. But relatively little is known about the potential health and environmental effects of the tiny particles. Just atoms wide, they are small enough to penetrate cells easily in lungs, brains and other organs. U.S. best-seller “Prey”, written by Michael Crichton, paints a doomsday in which a group of tiny nanomachines escapes the lab and threatens to take control of humanity. Studies have shown that some nanoparticles can be poisonous to animal cells. There are fears that exposure can cause breathing problems, since nanoparticles could be taken in through the nose, causing unknown problems to brain cells. Scientist also fear that nanoparticles placed on the skin could damage DNA. “No one knows, and that’s the problem,” said Pat Mooney, director of the ETC Group. “People are rubbing them on the skin as sunscreens and as cosmetics.” Mooney’s group is calling for products such as sunscreen, that are directly absorbed into the body to be taken off the shelf until they’re proved safe. 5. What do you think nanotechnology is? A. It is a fashionable technology that operates the atoms and molecules. B. It is a fashionable technology that can be used to create DNA. C. It is a fashionable technology that is created by a scientist named Nano. D. It is a fashionable technology that combines chemistry with physics. 6. Nanotechnology can bring to us benefits EXCEPT that ________. A. it can allow us to be free from thick coats by wearing clothes made of nano-cloth. B. it can allow us to create more new materials to meet the need of our modern society. C. it can help us to take control of the doomsday. D. it can help us to decorate our homes more environmently friendly. 7. Studies have made it clear that ________. A. exposure to nanoparticles can damage DNA B. rubbing nano cosmetics on the skin can help control skin diseases C. all nanoparticles can’t be poisonous to animal cells D. the nanoparticles have bad effects on health and environment 8. What does the underlined part “be taken off the shelf” in the last paragraph mean? A. Mooney’s group recommends that consumers to buy nano products such as sunscreen on the shelf. B. Mooney’s group suggests that nano products such as sunscreen win a great success on the shelf. C. Mooney’s group suggests nano products such as sunscreen be sold on shelf instead of on the street. D. Mooney’s group suggests nano products such as sunscreen be proved safe before they are sold. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 纳米科技开始走进人们的生活，各路商家纷纷大打纳米牌。 纳米科技在带给人们方便的同时，也存在未知的风险。因此有研究人员建议未确 定具体的安全性之前不要使用。 5. 答案 A 解 析 细 节 理 解 题 。 由 第 一 段 Through operating the atoms and molecules, scientists can change the nature of common materials and even create new materials that have new properties.可知纳米科技就是科学家可以通过物理方式，改变原子 或分子的属性，或创造新物质的一种技术。 6. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据第三自然段可知，A,B,D 三项都是文章讲到的好处，而 根据第五段 US best-seller “Prey”, written by Michael Crichton, paints a doomsday in which a group of tiny nanomachines escapes the lab and threatens to take control of humanity.可知美国畅销书中提到的世界末日时纳米粒子逃出实验室控制了人 类，与 C 项不符，所以 C 项正确。 7. 答案 C 解 析 细 节 理 解 题 。 根 据 第 六 段 第 一 句 Studies have shown that some nanoparticles can be poisonous to animal cells. 可知并非所有的纳米微粒都对身体 细胞有危害。C 项中 all ... not 表示“部分否定”。 8. 答案 D 解析 词义猜测题。由第六段 No one knows, and that’s the problem, said Pat Mooney, director of the ETC Group. People are rubbing them on the skin as sunscreens and as cosmetics.可知，人们还在往身上擦纳米化妆品，没有人知道那 样危险。所以 D 项正确。 Ⅱ.补全对话 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有 两项为多余选项。 The United States has all sorts of geography, from deserts to beaches, mountains to flatlands. These conditions help create all sorts of weather: hot, wet, dry, mild and so on. Sometimes all in one day! ___1___ But others have dry air, so the heat does not feel so bad. In winter, parts of the country get cold and snowy while others stay warm and sunny. This is the difference between, for example, New York City on the East Coast and Los Angeles on the West Coast. Yet even the East Coast has its warm places in winter, like Florida. ___2___ The Pacific coast has smaller temperature changes, and calmer conditions, than along the Atlantic. Weather in the central and northeastern parts of the country is affected by cold air from Canada and warm air from the Caribbean. ___3___ ___4___ The hurricane season is, officially, from June to November. The weather service says the United States gets more severe weather than any other country. You know, we do not mean to scare you with all this talk about bad weather. The country also has lots of really nice weather. If you ever plan a trip to the United States, just be sure to read the local weather reports. ___5___ A. Conditions can change quickly in a short period of time. B. That way you can get prepared for whatever the weather may bring. C. To know about the local weather conditions. D. Hurricanes are ocean storms that strike mainly in the Southeast. E. The oceans affect weather along the coasts. F. In summer, some areas get very hot and the air is very wet. G. The winter is warm in Florida. 答案 1-5 FEADB Ⅲ.语法填空 W: Professor Hopkins. May I ___1___ a word with you? M: Sure, Meg. What’s up? W: I got a C for my report. I am wondering what I have done wrong. You know I ___2___ (devote)a lot of time and energy to the report. M: Well, Meg. I understand you have made much effort at the report. Maybe that’s ___3___ you were two days late to hand in the report. The due day is September 3rd. W: Yes, professor. I am sorry about that. M: And this report is about the Success of the Starbucks Coffee. In your report，you have mentioned the company’s ___4___ (manage), selections of stores and service. But I am ___5___ (surprise)that you didn’t mention anything about its coffee. It’s a cofiee shop, Meg. Isn’t the taste of its coffee the most important thing to its success? W: Yeah, I guess I have made a___6___ by leaving it out. M: And figures are important，___7___. You also need to add___8___actual figure such as the monthly sales. W: You are quite right, professor. M: And why not ___9___ (do)more research, look for some figures and write the report again? W: Are you giving me ___10___ chance, professor? M: Seems like I am. 答案与解析 1. have。have a word with sb. “与某人谈话”，为固定搭配。 2. have devoted。根据语境可知，此处表示过去发生的动作对现在的影响，所以 用现在完成时。 3. because。This / That / It is because ...“这/那是因为……”，其中 because 引导 表语从句。 4. management。所填词位于名词所有格 company’s 后面，所以应该用 manage 的名词形式 management。 5. surprised。所填词用来形容人，所以用 surprised 表示“感到惊讶的”。 6. mistake。make a mistake“犯错误”，为固定搭配。 7. too。根据语境可知，此处表示“也”，且空格位于肯定句句末，故要用 too。 8. an。figure 是可数名词的单数形式，此处表示泛指，且 figure 前的修饰词是 actual，故用不定冠词 an。 9. do。why not do sth. “为什么不做某事呢”。所以要用动词原形。 10. another。此处表示“(三个或三个以上中的)另一个”，故用 another。 Ⅳ.书面表达 以 Form a Good Habit 为题，谈谈早起的好处。要求言之有理，内容连贯，可 参考以下提示： 1. 有些学生迟到，是因为晚起。 2. 晚起不仅影响学习，而且也是一种坏习惯。 3. 早起是一种好习惯，因为它能给你带来很多好处。早起有助于身体健康， 有助于学习，有助于品德培养。英国有句俗话，Early to bed, and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise.这是千真万确的，希望大家养成早起的习惯。 参考词汇：品德培养 train character 俗话 a saying 参考范文 Form a Good Habit Some students are often late for class because they get up late. Getting up late not only affects their studies but also is a bad habit. To get up early is a good habit, for it can do you much good. Getting up early can help you to be healthy. The air in the morning is fresh. If you breathe such air, it does you a lot of good. You can have some sports, too in the morning. This can make you stronger. The fresh air and quietness in the morning make you think more quickly than any other time of the day and memorize what you have learned easily. Another reason for you to think quickly and memorize things easily is that you have taken a long rest during the night. Getting up early can also help you to train your character. Some students can get up early, but some can not. This needs perseverance. There is a saying in English, “Early to bed, and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise.” This is very true. I hope everyone will form the good habit of getting up early. 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 In 2015, an American will spend a year on the International Space Station (ISS) while his twin brother remains on Earth. Mark and Scott Kelly, the only twins who are also astronauts, have volunteered themselves for study, creating a unique opportunity to figure out the health effects of space from those of genetics. Last year, Scott Kelly was chosen to take part in the first one-year mission aboard the ISS, double the usual stay, along with Russian cosmonaut Mikhail Kornienko. Then last week NASA announced that his brother Mark would be monitored on Earth throughout. Researchers will have access to blood and saliva (唾液) samples from both twins taken before, during and after Scott’s trip to the ISS, along with assessments of their vision, sleep patterns and cardiovascular (心血管的) activity. NASA will also measure both twins’ bone mass before and after the mission. Such data could help determine how genetics affects the health problems seen in space, including loss of bone and muscle mass and decline of vision, all caused by low gravity, plus an increased risk of cancer from space radiation and sleep problems while in space. “Ideally one would never have flown in space, but that’s not the case,” says Charles. “The only twins we have access to are both astronauts.” Once Scott has finished his year-long journey, he will have spent much more time in space than Mark, who retired in 2011. Comparing the effects of short versus long space trips could be interesting, perhaps revealing whether bone mass loss worsens with each trip. Some may also delight in the fact that the Kelly study will be the strongest test yet of the twin paradox(孪生子佯谬)put forward by Albert Einstein. It states that a twin on a round-trip journey aboard a fast-moving spacecraft will return to Earth younger than the one who stayed home, thanks to relativity. The ISS orbits Earth at 7.71 kilometres per second, so Scott will age roughly 10 milliseconds less than Mark over the year. “I don’t think our equipment is sensitive enough to pick up that difference,” says Charles. 1. Which of the following is NOT true of Mark and Scott Kelly? A. They have the same parents. B. Both of them are American astronauts. C. Both of them are of the same age. D. Both of them will stay in the ISS for one year. 2. At present, astronauts usually stay in the ISS for as long as about ________. A. one week B. one month C. six months D. one year 3. According to the passage, low gravity in space will have the following effect on astronauts EXCEPT ________. A. decline of hearing B. loss of bone mass C. loss of muscle mass D. decline of sight 4. We can infer that ________. A. neither of the twins has traveled in space B. both of the twins have traveled in space C. Scott Kelly looks younger than Mark Kelly D. Scott Kelly looks older than Mark Kelly 5. What is the passage mainly about? A. Astronaut twins will reveal health effects of space. B. American astronaut twins will get together in outer space. C. Mark and Scott Kelly are the only twin astronauts in America. D. Evidence shows how genes affect people’s health in space. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是说明文。马克·凯利和斯格特·凯利是一对双胞胎宇 航员，目前，他们志愿将自己作为“小白鼠”，进行太空试验研究。 1. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据第一段第一句可知，双胞胎兄弟中只有一人参加了为期 一年的国际空间站的任务，另一人留在地球上。 2. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据第二段第一句中的 Scott Kelly was chosen to take part in the first one-year mission aboard the ISS, double the usual stay 可知，目前宇航员待 在国际空间站的时间通常为半年左右。 3. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据第四段第一句中的 including loss of bone and muscle mass and decline of vision 可知，太空微重力环境会造成宇航员骨质疏松、肌肉萎缩和 视力衰退。A 项文中没有提到。 4. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据第五段可以判断这对双胞胎宇航员都有太空旅行的经 历。 5. 答案 A 解析 主旨大意题。本文主要讲一对双胞胎宇航员参加一项太空试验研究，这项 试验从基因学角度分析太空环境如何影响人体健康状况。 If you want to make progress in your efforts to help more women reach the top of the business world, you should stop talking to young women — and start talking to grandmothers. All that’s needed is a simple cultural shift, and China can show them how it’s done. There, 51% of positions in senior management are held by women, and about 19% of its chief executives are women. In America, just 20% of senior managers and 4% of Fortune 500 chief executives are women. The explanation for China’s striking numbers is because, in China, the grandparents lean in. In China, it’s not uncommon for grandparents to split duties or travel long distances to help care for their grandchildren. That’s because the fundamental value of Chinese culture is the community of the family. But the rooted view is that men and women are equal and both should work. This, coupled with the country’s one-child policy, means that Chinese parents place enormous importance on the success of their children, boy or girl. Chinese grandparents are much more likely than western grandparents to make large sacrifices to provide significant care for their child’s child. My own experience illustrates what a difference this can make. I became pregnant when I started my business. When I called Mother for help, there was a long silence on the phone, followed by: “I’m coming to help.” My mother was in her 50s and had her own successful business in the San Francisco area. As their only child, I knew that she would help me, but I never imagined “help” to mean her giving up her life, leaving my dad behind in California and moving to Hong Kong to care for my three children for the past six years — so I can focus on my career. Not everyone approves of the approach. Whenever she visits, my mother-in-law urges my mom to stop the madness.“These are your golden years,” she says while my mom chases after my 3-year-old with a toothbrush. “Don’t you want to do something for yourself?” But thanks to mother, my business has been getting on so well. My kids always have someone at home who loves them unconditionally. Someone I trust. Someone who knows it takes a village to keep a mother working. Someone I call Mom. 6. What can we learn about grandparents in China from the second paragraph? A. It’s uncommon for them to raise grandchildren with duty. B. It’s natural for them to support their daughter’s business. C. It’s simply a cultural phenomenon for them to travel. D. It’s common for them to care for their grandchildren. 7. Chinese grandparents care for their grandchildren because they think ________. A. they have only one grandchild because of the one-child policy B. all people are equal and women should work too C. Chinese emphasize the community of the family D. Chinese should keep the fundamental value up 8. What was the author’s mom’s reaction when she asked for help? A. She agreed happily almost at once. B. She agreed without any hesitation. C. She hesitated for a long time but agreed. D. She disagreed at first but agreed reluctantly at last. 9. What was the author’s mother-in-law’s attitude to her mom’s action? A. She was completely for her decision. B. She was strongly against her decision. C. She was excited to have others help her. D. She was moved by her selfless contribution. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 在中国，(外)祖父母照看自己的孙辈似乎理所当然。但是身 为美国人的作者决定试一试，在母亲答应了自己的请求之后，作者感受到了母亲 无条件的爱。 6. 答案 D 解析 主旨大意题。根据第二段最后一句... it’s not uncommon for grandparents to split duties or travel long distances to help care for their grandchildren 可知，在中国 (外)祖父母照看自己的孙辈是很常见的现象。 7. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句... rooted view is that men and women are equal and both should work 可知，在中国父母之所以这样做是因为相信男女平等。 8. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。根据第四段第三句... there was a long silence on the phone, followed by ...可知，作者的母亲是经过了一番犹豫之后才给作者答复的。 9. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据第五段第一句 Not everyone approves 和第二句... urges my mom to stop the madness 可知，作者的婆婆对作者母亲的行为持反对态度， 她认为应该由作者自己带孩子。 Ⅱ.完形填空 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中，选出最佳 选项。 Huang Naihui was born in 1964. As a child, he ___1___ from very high fever, making him partially paralyzed. His parents ___2___ that he may bring bad luck to them, so they decided to ___3___ him. His grandmother managed to ___4___ him up. He went to school to ___5___ at 13. At first he was very slow at learning.___6___ he was able to pick up. At 22, he would study and ___7___ part time. He would sell lottery tickets and flowers by day and attend___8___at night. The joy of learning overcomes his self-pity. He uses his knowledge very well in his ___9___ of selling flowers. He would go door to door selling flowers during the day. He would sell ___10___ at pubs and night clubs at night. At times,in order to sell, he has to ___11___ for his customers even though he did it out of tune. He was often ___12___ by people. However, he would pick himself up and face the next ___13___ with a smile. What hurt him most was whenever he sees a___14___family together. Something he never enjoyed — the warmth of a family. When Huang Naihui was 24, his grandmother died. It was the ___15___ day of his life. Today, Huang Naihui is a much sought-after ___16___, having spoken up to 1,000 rounds of talk. He has become a(n) ___17___ not only for the handicap(残障 人 ) but also to normal people in hardship. He now owns 3 flower shops and ___18___ able-bodied people to work for him. He would spend his ___19___ time doing charity work. A man who needs the society to help ___20___ is helping many able-bodied people and the society in general. His book Facing the Sun and his story have encouraged many people. 1. A. learned B. benefited C. suffered D. went 2. A. worried B. admitted C. spotted D. wandered 3. A. murder B. abandon C. challenge D. approach 4. A. put B. hold C. pick D. bring 5. A. study B. beg C. live D. teach 6. A. Curiously B. Gradually C. Hurriedly D. Immediately 7. A. advertise B. relax C. work D. plough 8. A. church B. weddings C. concerts D. classes 9. A. business B. street C. company D. profit 10. A. wines B. flowers C. cigarettes D. cookies 11. A. hunt B. exercise C. sing D. bark 12. A. praised B. warned C. scolded D. teased 13. A. trouble B. customer C. program D. feast 14. A. happy B. sad C. big D. foreign 15. A. best B. easiest C. sunniest D. darkest 16. A. poet B. reporter C. speaker D. director 17. A. talent B. expert C. neighbour D. inspiration 18. A. employs B. forbids C. considers D. expects 19. A. busy B. spare C. little D. simple 20. A. even B. ever C. instead D. just 答案与解析 【解题导语】 患脑性麻痹的黄乃辉，一岁还不会站，两岁还不会走， 三 岁时全身不断抖动，幸好他有一位很坚强的奶奶把他抚养长大。 1. 答案 C 解析 根据下文中... making him partially paralyzed 可知，他发高烧了。suffer“遭 受”，符合语境。 2. 答案 A 解析 根据语境... he may bring bad luck to them 可知，这是他的父母的想法，也 是他们担忧的(worried)。 3. 答案 B 解析 父母认为他会给他们带来厄运，所以决定把他遗弃(abandon)。 4. 答案 D 解析 根据前面的语境 His parents worried that he may bring bad luck to them, so they decided to abandon him 可知，最终奶奶决定把他抚养长大。 5. 答案 A 解析 根据后面的语境 At first he was very slow at learning.___6___ he was able to pick up 可知，十三岁时他去学校上学。 6. 答案 B 解析 根据上文 At first he was very slow at learning 可知，慢慢地他能够学会了。 7. 答案 C 解析 根据后面的语境 He would sell lottery tickets and flowers by day 他白天卖彩 票和花。由此可知，他做兼职工作。 8. 答案 D 解析 根据后面语境 The joy of learning overcomes his self-pity 可知，他晚上去上 学。 9. 答案 A 解析 根据下文中 He would go door to door selling flowers during the day 可知，他 在卖花的生意中恰当地使用他的知识。 10. 答案 B 解析 根据前面的句子 He would go door to door selling flowers during the day 可 知，夜晚他去酒吧和夜总会卖花。 11. 答案 C 解析 根据语境... even though he did it out of tune 可知，他不得不为顾客唱歌。 12. 答案 D 解析 根据下文中 However, he would pick himself up and face the next ___13___ with a smile 可知，他经常被人取笑(teased)。 13. 答案 B 解析 因为他要卖花，所以面对的是顾客。 14. 答案 A 解析 根据下文中 Something he never enjoyed ... the warmth of a family 可知，对 他伤害最大的就是每当他看到幸福的(happy)一家人在一起时。 15. 答案 D 解析 他是由奶奶抚养大的，所以和奶奶感情最深，因此当奶奶去世时，那些日 子是他一生中最黑暗的(darkest)日子。 16. 答案 C 解析 根据语境... having spoken up to 1,000 rounds of talk 可知，他是一位演讲者。 17. 答案 D 解析 他给人演讲，不但为残疾人，也给在困难中的正常人。由此可知，他是一 个鼓舞人心的人。inspiration 符合语境。 18. 答案 A 解析 根据后面的 able-bodied people to work for him 可知，他雇佣(employs)身体 健全的人为他工作。 19. 答案 B 解析 他还利用空闲(spare)时间来做慈善工作。 20. 答案 C 解析 一个需要社会来帮助的人，反过来(instead)正在帮助很多体格健全的人。 Ⅲ.语法填空 W: Good morning. May I have your name, please? M: Bruce Colin — C-O-L-I-N. W: So what are you studying in college? M: Business. That’s ___1___ I’m interested in this internship (实习). I’d like to get ___2___ MBA after I graduate. W: I see. How much experience do you have about computers? M: ___3___, I don’t have much. But I’m ___4___ (will) to learn. W: Well, that’s good to know. We don’t require experience. We’ll be glad ___5___ (train) you. Now this is full-time,___6___ you understand this is a volunteer position. M: Oh, I know I won’t get ___7___ (pay). And I understand I’ll be working full-time. I just want to get some background in business. W: Would you be able to start on May 4th? M: Yes, that’s no problem. I finish my classes the___8___(three) week of April. W: Great. We need ___9___ for May, June, and July. M: You’ll tell me the working hours per day, right? W: Yeah, 9:00 - 12:00 in the morning and 2:00 - 5:00 in the afternoon. And we offer lunch here. M: That’s perfect. It sounds ___10___ a job I’d like. W: OK. Then see you on May 4th, Bruce. M: Thank you very much. See you. 答案与解析 1. why。根据上下文可知，此处表示原因，故用 why。空处所在句意为“这就是 我为什么对这个实习感兴趣”。 2. an。MBA 是可数名词，此空应填不定冠词，表示“一个 MBA 学位”，又因 M 的发音是元音音素开头，故用 an。 3. Actually / In fact。根据上文的问句和下文的答语可知，答话人对电脑没有太多 的经验，故此处表示事实上，应填 actually / in fact。 4. willing。be willing to do sth. 是固定用法，意为“愿意做某事”。 5. to train。be glad to do 是固定用法，不定式作原因状语。 6. but。根据语境可知，前后是转折关系，故用 but。 7. paid。get+过去分词是固定搭配。如：get lost, get married, get changed 等。 8. third。根据句意可知，此处表示“第三”，故要用序数词。 9. someone。根据句意，此处表示“某人”，故填 someone。 10. like。sound like 后接名词，表示“听起来像……”。 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 Good News vs. Bad News Bad news travels fast — when you watch the evening news or read the morning papers, it seems that things that get the most coverage are all tragedies like wars, earthquakes, floods, fires and murders. This is the classic rule for the mass media. “They want your eyeballs and don’t care how you ’ re feeling, ” Jonah Berger, a psychologist at the University of Pennsylvania, US, told The New York Times. But with social media getting increasingly popular, information is now being spread in different ways, and researchers are discovering new rules — good news can actually spread faster and farther than disasters and other sad stories. Berger and his colleague Katherine Milkman looked at thousands of articles on The New York Times’ website and analyzed the “most popular” list for six months. One of his findings was that articles in the science section were much more likely to make the list. Those stories aroused feelings of awe and made the readers want to share this positive emotion with others. Besides science stories, readers were also found to be likely to share articles that were exciting or funny. “The more positive an article was, the more likely it was to be shared,” Berger wrote in his new book, Contagious: Why Things Catch On. For example, “stories about newcomers falling in love with New York City” he writes, tend to be shared more than “the death of a popular zookeeper”. The difference between the two is due to the fact that the mass media prefers news that gets attention, while when you share a story with your friends “you care a lot more about how they react”, Berger explained. But does all the good news actually make the audience feel better? Not necessarily. According to a study by researchers at Harvard University, people tend to say more positive things about themselves when they’re talking to a bigger audience, rather than just one person, which helps explain all the perfect vacations that keep showing up on microblogs. This, researchers found, makes people think that life is unfair and that they’re less happy than their “friends”. 1. We can learn from the first five paragraphs that ________. A. when you watch the evening news, it seems that things are all tragedies B. the classic rule for the mass media is that they focus on your attention and your feelings C. the new rule for the mass media appears because social media get increasingly popular D. one of Berger’s findings was that science articles were not much more popular 2. What kind of stories does the underlined part in Paragraph 5 refer to? A. Science stories. B. Tragedy stories. C. Murder stories. D. Funny stories. 3. Which of the following stories will NOT be popular on The New York Times ’ website? A. An exciting trip to Europe. B. A murder in a hospital. C. A new invention of cooker. D. A funny experience in space. 4. What are the last two paragraphs mainly about? A. Good news always makes the audience feel better. B. Bad news always makes the audience feel frightened. C. All good news doesn’t make the audience feel better. D. All bad news doesn’t make the audience feel frightened. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一篇议论文。文章就好消息和坏消息的传播和影响展 开论述。 1. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的 But with social media getting increasingly popular, information is now being spread in different ways, and researchers are discovering new rules 可知，答案应选 C 项。 2. 答案 A 解析 细节理解题。根据 those stories 前面的 One of his findings was that articles in the science section were much more likely to make the list 可知,答案为 A 项。 3. 答案 B 解析 推理判断题。根据文章第五段和第六段可知，在纽约时报的网站上，最受 关注的是 science stories, exciting or funny stories，故选 B 项。 4. 答案 C 解析 段落大意题。最后两段的中心句为 But does all the good news actually make the audience feel better? Not necessarily.故选 C 项。 The global jobless queue will stretch to more than 200 million people this year, the International Labour Organization (ILO) said in its annual report on Tuesday, repeating a warning it has made at the start of each of the last six years. The UN jobs watchdog estimates unemployment will rise by 5.1 million this year to more than 202 million, and by another 3 million in 2014, following a rise of 4.2 million in 2012. If those predictions are right, global unemployment will hit a record. But the ILO has revised its jobless figures down each year as the number of those giving up the job hunt altogether swells, meaning they are no longer classed as unemployed. A Reuters analysis of previous ILO reports shows that estimates of unemployment made in each of the last six years have subsequently been cut. The original 2007 joblessness figure of 189.9 million is now put at 169.0 million — 11 percent lower. Figures for 2008 — 2010 have also fallen by 10 — 15 million from the original estimates. Most of the drop is due to people giving up looking for work, said Jose Manuel Salazar-Xirinachs, head of director of labour market analysis at the Geneva-based ILO. “These are people who, because of the seriousness of the crisis, because of long-term unemployment, have given up hope, have decided not to search for work any more, and therefore they are not counted as unemployed but more as discouraged,” he said. The ILO’s revised figures mean global unemployment has risen by 28 million since 2007, before the start of the financial crisis, said ILO Director General Guy Ryder. With a further 39 million “discouraged” people withdrawing from the labour market over the same period, the crisis could be seen to have created a global jobs gap of 67 million, he said. However, despite the greater number of people believed to have given up on looking for work, the ILO’s latest report did not revise figures given a year ago for the total number of people in the labour market. The so-called “labour force participation rate”, which measures the proportion of the working-age population who are working or looking for work, is thought to have remained steady at 64.1 percent for the past three years, showing no sign of the labour force shrinking. The figure had been above 65 percent until 2007 but fell in each of the subsequent three years. 5. The passage is intended to ________. A. inform people that global unemployment will hit a new record B. tell people the way the ILO estimates jobless figures C. warn government to take measures to cope with unemployment D. encourage the unemployed to search for jobs 6. How many people were jobless in 2012 according to the passage? A. About 202 million. B. About 206 million. C. About 197 million. D. About 193 million. 7. The ILO revised the original estimates mainly because ________. A. the figures are constantly changing B. the way to estimate the figures is wrong C. some people have eventually found jobs over time D. those who have decided not to search for jobs are included in the original estimates 8. What can we conclude from the passage? A. The ILO has revised five years’ figures it has given over the past six years. B. Some feel discouraged because they are not counted as unemployed. C. High “labour force participation rate” is a sign of low unemployment. D. The financial crisis started before 2007. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文是一则新闻报道。国际劳工组织公布的年度报告显示， 今年全球失业队伍将扩充至 2 亿多人，这再次向我们发出了警报。 5. 答案 A 解析 写作目的题。本文是一则新闻报道，第一段总领全文，预测全球失业人数 将再创新高。 6. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的 unemployment will rise by 5.1 million this year to more than 202 million 可知，2012 年的失业人数 20 200 万-510 万=19 690 万。 7. 答案 D 解析 细节理解题。根据文章第三段可知，ILO 修正了失业人数数据是因为之前 的数据中包含了那些放弃希望决定不再找工作的人。 8. 答案 A 解析 推理判断题。根据文章第一段中的 repeating a warning it has made at the start of each of the last six years，第三段中的 But the ILO has revised its jobless figures down each year 以及倒数第三段中的 the ILO’s latest report did not revise figures given a year ago 可推知，A 项正确。 Ⅱ.语法填空 W: Thanks for staying tuned ( 调 频 ) to our programme. Our next item is really interesting. Twins are quite the fashion nowadays — there are books about twins, websites about twins, twins even have ___1___ own festivals and clubs. We’ve sent our reporter, Trevor Williams, to America ___2___ (find) out first-hand information about a very special twins place. Trevor, ___3___ you hear me? M: Yes, Karen, loud and clear. W: And where are you today, Trevor? M: As you can see, I’m here in the heart of New York City, in an ___4___ (amaze) place to eat — Twins Restaurant. W: Well, then Trevor, ___5___ can you tell us about the restaurant? M: Well, Karen, I spoke to the owners, twins Debbie and Lisa Ganz. They told me that all the waiters and___6___ (wait) in their restaurant are identical twins — 37 pairs in all — and they always work at the same time, at the same tables. W: Don’t the customers get confused? M: That’s part of the fun! And ___7___ the way, if one twin is ill, the___8___one needn’t bother to show up for work. They are only ___9___ (allow) to work in pairs. W: ___10___ (believe). 答案与解析 1. their。此处代替上文中的 twins，在句子中作定语，故用形容词性物主代词 their。 2. to find。此处不定式作目的状语。 3. can。根据答语中的 loud and clear 可知，上文是问对方“能听到吗”，故填 can。 4. amazing。一般情况下，修饰物用 amazing，表示“令人惊讶的”；修饰人用 amazed，意为“感到惊讶的”。 5. what。tell sb. about sth. 是固定用法，此处问句中缺少宾语 sth.，故填 what。 6. waitresses。和上面的 waiters 相对应。 7. by。by the way 是固定短语，意为“顺便说一下”。 8. other。twins 意为“双胞胎”，one ... the other ...表示“(两者中)一个……另外 一个……”。 9. allowed。allow sb. to do sth.，此处是其被动结构 sb. be allowed to do sth.，故填 allowed。 10. Unbelievable。根据上文的描述，答话人觉得这件事情听起来不可思议，故填 unbelievable。 Ⅲ.短文改错 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作 文。文中共有 10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的 增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。 2.只允许修改 10 处，多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。 Dear Mr. Johnson, I’ve learned from a newspaper that some clerks are wanted in your company. I was eager to be one of them. So I’m writing the letter. My name is Zhang Hua. I was born in the Hubei Province and I’m in good healthy. I’ve just graduated from the Computer Department of Wuhan University. I’ve done it very well in all subjects but I’m especially good at computer studies and English. I can read science books in English and doing some writing in English as well. Besides, I know a few French. And in my spare time, I like to play basketball very much. It is said your company is very famous and is well managed. I’ll be very glad whether you let me work for it. My telephone number is 027-89276628.I’m looking forward to hear from you soon.With best wishes! Yours, Zhang Hua 答案 Dear Mr. Johnson, I’ve learned from a newspaper that some clerks are wanted in your company. I was am eager to be one of them. So I’m writing the letter. My name is Zhang Hua. I was born in the Hubei Province and I’m in good healthy. I’ve just graduated from the Computer health Department of Wuhan University. I’ve done it very well in all subjects but I’m and especially good at computer studies and English. I can read science books in English and doing some writing in English as well. Besides, I know a few French. And in my do little spare time, I like to play basketball very much. It is said ∧ your company is very tat famous and is well managed. I’ll be very glad whether you let me work for it. If My telephone number is 027-89276628.I’m looking forward to hear from you hearing soon.With best wishes! Yours, Zhang Hua Ⅳ.书面表达 假如你是李华，你的一个笔友 Alice 将要来你市参观游玩。本来你答应要去 机场接她的，但是由于某些原因，你不能按时去接机。为此，你给她发一封 email， 内容包括： 1. 向她道歉，说明原因(老师安排英语测试)。 2. 提出解决办法(叫她在旅客休息室等你)。 3. 你们是第一次见面，告诉她如何认出你来。(你身穿白色 T 恤，手拿两个 红色气球) 注意： 1. 词数：100 左右。 2. 邮件的开头和结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数。 参考词汇：旅客休息室 arrival lounge Dear Alice, I am eagerly looking forward to your visit to our city._______________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ Sincerely yours, Li Hua 参考范文 Dear Alice, I am eagerly looking forward to your visit to our city. After all these years of writing to each other, I can not wait to see you. However, I regret to inform you that I will not be able to meet you at the airport on time. The reason is that your flight will arrive at 9 o’clock on the morning of May 9, and unluckily our teacher has decided to give us an English test at that time. So the earliest time when I can reach the airport will be about an hour after you land. Will you please wait for me in the arrival lounge? You can have a rest while you wait. By the way, as we have never met before, I must tell you that I will wear a white T-shirt, two red balloons in my hand that day so that you can recognize me easily. Hope we can meet soon. Sincerely yours, Li Hu 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项。 An electric light source that is designed to stimulate the growth of plants by way of an electromagnetic spectrum(电磁谱) is generally called an LED grow light. It will emit an electromagnetic spectrum that is good enough for the process of photosynthesis(光合作用). They are most commonly used in winter. This is because winter is the coldest time of year with a large number of clouds covering up the natural sunlight. It is vital for plants to receive enough sunlight to grow. An LED grow light is a very efficient tool for gardeners during the winter season because it allows them to continue growing plants that are generally made for summer and spring. The grow lights imitate the same light given from the natural sunlight. They can also be adjusted to emit only enough light to stimulate the growth of a particular type of plant. The LED grow lights are able to mimic the different temperatures of the weather. This is done using various colors that are made by the grow lights. It is also made possible by the different levels of intensity(强度) that can be adjusted on the LED grow lights. The lights can be adjusted based on the stage of cultivation of the plants. This can be concerning the growth stage, flowering phase, or the fruiting phase. Home and garden stores will have all the equipment needed for growing a healthy garden, and as more people start using LED technology, they will carry even more options. LED grow lights are increasingly being used outside the industrial sector, though. People who love to grow their own plants outside and in personal greenhouses use the lights as a permanent element of growing their plants. Some people only use the grow lights when they are needed, such as in winter. As LED lights become more popular, people are finding ways to use them creatively and maximize their output. Whether through the use of mirrors or greenhouses it is clear that plants benefit from their use. It looks like LED grow lights are here to stay. 1. The grow lights were invented ________. A. to protect plants B. to give lighting at night C. to increase production D. to warm up in winter 2. We needn’t use LED grow lights ________. A. in summer B. in greenhouses C. in winter D. in the industrial sector 3. Which of the following can replace the underlined word “mimic” in Paragraph 3? A. Change. B. Improve. C. Adapt. D. Imitate. 4. What can we learn from the last paragraph? A. People only use LED grow lights when they are needed. B. The LED grow lights have a dim future. C. Grow lights are used more widely nowadays than before. D. People seldom use grow lights outside the industrial sector. 5. What is the best title of the passage? A. LED Grow Light Techniques B. How to Increase Food Production C. Getting Warmth from Magical Lights D. LED Lights Used in Greenhouses 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文为说明文。主要介绍了 LED 生长灯被设计用来模仿自然 光，刺激植物生长以提高作物产量。 1. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。由第一段第一句中的 An electric light source that is designed to stimulate the growth of plants 可知，LED 生长灯被设计用来刺激植物生长，以提 高作物产量。 2. 答案 A 解析 推理判断题。由第二段可知，LED 生长灯是为了在阳光缺乏时，为植物补 充光线，故可知在阳光明媚的夏天，没有必要使用生长灯。 3. 答案 D 解析 词义猜测题。由第三段第一句 The grow lights imitate the same light given from the natural sunlight 可知，生长灯模仿自然光，故可推测此处为“模仿”不 同的气温，有利于植物生长。imitate“模仿；仿效”。 4. 答案 C 解析 推理判断题。由第四段最后两句 it is clear that plants benefit from their use. It looks like LED grow lights are here to stay 可知，生长灯会有一个光明的未来，所 以 B 项错误；A 项错在 only；D 项中的 seldom 不对，故 C 项正确。 5. 答案 A 解析 主旨大意题。由全文可知，本文主要介绍了 LED 生长灯这一技术的原理和 使用情况，故 A 项正确。 While you may be doing everything right, ignoring just one or two steps in the process may keep you from getting a job, especially in this fierce market. Here is a checklist that covers some of the major links in the job-search chain. THE RESUME — Make sure it is up-to-date and tailored to the types of jobs you are seeking for. Have someone else look at your resume. If you cannot afford a career coach, give your resume to friends or family members to scrutinize. Have copies of your resume printed so that you are ready to hand them out at interviews. COVERING LETTERS — Maybe you’ve set up a few basic styles in advance, but that’s not enough. Each covering letter should be designed to suit the job for which you are applying. THE WARDROBE(衣橱) — Check your wardrobe to ensure that you have the appropriate professional dress, including shoes, ready for interview. NETWORKING — Don’t isolate yourself from others for days. Network through e-mail messages, phone calls, appointments and meetings keep you in touch with the outside world and prevent you from becoming depressed. APPLICATION — A glance at huge online job sites isn’t usually the best way to find a job. You are more likely to succeed through the people you know via networking. THE FOLLOW-UP — It is quite common to apply for job and never hear back from the company. Take measures, such as following up with a phone call a week or so after you apply. If you know someone at the company, check whether that person will put in a good word for you. INTERVIEWS — If you’ve got plenty of interviews but no return calls or job offers, take a look at your interviewing skills. This is one area where investing in a career coach may pay off. But if you can’t afford one, try to find a job group or service that conducts free mock(模拟) interviews. SUPPORT SYSTEMS — Finally, recognize that looking for job is rather difficult. Even at the best of times, a job hunt is often about rejection, and that can be hard to endure. Staying in touch with family, friends, professional networks and fellow job seekers can help you to maintain a positive attitude and a sense of perspective. 6. The author’s purpose of writing this text is to ________. A. suggest graduates should find suitable jobs B. tell people how to improve their interview skills C. teach people how to get ready for an interview D. give people some tips on searching for jobs 7. The underlined word “scrutinize” in Paragraph 2 can be replaced by ________. A. check B. use C. rewrite D. criticize 8. Which of the following methods is NOT true according to the text? A. You should have your resume read by your friends after finishing it. B. You should create different covering letters for the different jobs you apply for. C. Searching online is the most effective way to look for a job. D. You should wear professional clothes and shoes for the interview. 9. What should you do if you don’t receive any calls after lots of interviews? A. Ask a fellow job seeker to help you. B. Carefully review your interviewing skills. C. Rewrite your resume as soon as possible. D. Go to the managers’ offices to find out why. 答案与解析 【解题导语】 本文主要介绍了在求职过程中需要注意的一些细节。 6. 答案 D 解析 推理判断题。从第一段可知，作者写这篇文章的目的是让读者了解求职过 程中要注意的一些细节的问题。故选 D 项。 7. 答案 A 解析 词义猜测题。根据第二段 Have someone else look at your resume ...可知， 让其他人看一下简历，如果聘不起职业导师的话，可以让朋友或家人检查一下， 由此可以推出，scrutinize 的意思是“检查”，故选 A 项。 8. 答案 C 解析 细节理解题。从文章第六段 A glance at huge online job sites isn’t usually the best way to find a job.可知 C 项表述错误，故为正确答案。 9. 答案 B 解析 细节理解题。从作者的倒数第二项建议可知，如果经过多次面试，但却没 有得到公司的回话，那面试者一定要重新审视自己面试过程中的一些技巧问题。 故选 B 项。 Ⅱ.补全对话 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有 两项为多余选项。 Being a Volunteer What can you do to help people? The answer is — to be a volunteer! ___1___ Help yourself by helping others When you volunteer to help others, you are helping yourself. ___2___. Lots of people really enjoy volunteering. Doing volunteer work means one important thing: You make a difference in the world. So where do you start? ___3___ Things to do with family members Volunteering is a great way to have fun with your family. Talk to your parents, brothers, or sisters and see what they might be interested in. Find something you all agree on. Here are some ideas for things you can do as a family like cleaning up a park and planting trees or flowers in your local community. Invent your own opportunity ___4___ You can make and sell products, and donate the money to charity. Volunteering gives kids a taste of responsibility, Volunteering can also help kids learn important things about themselves — like what kinds of things they’ re best at. A volunteer job can even help some kids decide what they want to do when they grow up. ___5___ Make a plan to start volunteering today! A. School is a good place to start if you are looking for volunteer ideas. Ask a teacher for ideas. B. Volunteering means to spend time helping others. C. If you are upset, doing something can be a great way to calm yourself down. D. Why not come? E. So what are you waiting for? F. Kids can come up with their own ways to raise money or provide needed services. G. Clean up a school or other public buildings. 答案 1-5 BCAFE Ⅲ.语法填空 M: Hi, Ms Rowling, how old were you ___1___ you started to write? And what was your first book? W: I wrote my first book when I was about six. It was about a small tiger. And I ___2___ (write) ever since. M: Why did you choose to be an ___3___? W: Well, if you want to achieve happiness, step one would be finding out what you love doing most. Step two would be finding someone to pay you to do this. I consider ___4___ very lucky to be able to support myself ___5___ writing. M: Do you have any plans___6___ (write)books for adults? W: I suppose I might write one. ___7___ I never really imagine a target audience when I’m writing. The ideas come first. So it really___8___on the ideas that grasp me next. M: Where did the ideas for the Harry Potter books come from? W: I’ve no idea where the ideas came from. And I hope I ___9___ never find out. It would spoil my ___10___ (excite). 答案与解析 1. when。根据语境可知，此处表示“当……时候”。 2. have been writing。根据时间状语 ever since 可知，此处应该用现在完成进行时。 3. author。根据对话内容可知，Ms Rowling 是写书的，故此处应填 author。 4. myself。当句子中的主语和宾语为同一个人的时候，宾语要用反身代词。本句 的主语是 I，故本空填 myself。 5. by。此处表示通过某种方式，故填 by。 6. to write。plan to do 是固定用法。 7. But。根据上句中的 might 和本句中的 never ... when 可知，前后是转折关系， 故本空应填 but。 8. depends。根据语境，此处表示“取决于”，故本空应填 depends。 9. will。根据语境可知，答话人希望自己永远不会发现灵感来自哪儿。will 表示“将 来”。 10. excitement。此空在句中作宾语，故应填 excite 的名词形式。 Ⅳ.短文改错 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作 文。文中共有 10 处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的 增加、删除或修改。 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。 删除：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉。 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。 2.只允许修改 10 处，多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。 I’ll never forget the trip to Europe last year. Before I left a small village in the south of France, I drove on to the next town. In the way a young man who was very tall stopped me and asked me for the lift. As soon as he got into the car, I said“Good morning” to him in French but he answered with the same language. Except for a few words, I do not know any French at all. None of us spoke during the journey. I had nearly reached the town, while the young man suddenly said very slowly.“Do ... you ..., speak ... English?” I looked at him in surprising. Here were no people speak English. Just then I understood that he, too, was an Englishman. 答案 I’ll never forget the trip to Europe last year. Before I left a small village in the After south of France, I drove on to the next town. In the way a young man who was very On tall stopped me and asked me for the lift. As soon as he got into the car, I said “Good a morning” to him in French but he answered with the same language. Except for a few and in words, I do not know any French at all. None of us spoke during the journey. I had did Neither nearly reached the town, while the young man suddenly said very slowly. “Do ... when you ..., speak ... English?” I looked at him in surprising. Here were no people speak surprise speaking English. Just then I understood that he, too, was an Englishman. 定语从句专题(附参考答案) Part A 1. This is all____ I know about the matter. A. that B. what C. who D. whether 2. Is there anything else_____ you require? A. which B. that C. who D. what 3. The last place _____we visited was the Great Wall. A. which B. that C. where D. it 4. He talked happily about the men and books_____ interested him greatly in the school. A. which B. that C. it D. whom 5. There is no dictionary _____ you can find everything. A. that B. which C. where D. in that 6. This is one of the best books_______. A. that have ever been written B. that has ever been written C. that has written D. that have written 7. He wrote a letter to me, telling me everything ______ he saw on the way to the Paris. A. what B. that C. which D. where 8. Is oxygen the only gas _____ helps fire burn? A. that B. / C. which D. it 9. Is there anything _____ to you? A. that is belonged B. that belongs C. which belongs D. that belong 10. The scientist and his achievements ______ you told me about are admired by us all. A. which B. that C. who D. whose 11. Which of the books ______ were borrowed from him is the best? A. which B. what C. that D. whose 12. Do you know who lives in the building ______ there is a well? A. in front of it B. in front of whose C .in front of which D. in front which 13. I’ll never forget the day ______ I joined the League. A. on which B. in which C. which D. at which 14. The woman _____ my brother spoke just now is my teacher. A. who B. to whom C. to who D. whom 15. Jeanne was her old friend, _____ she borrowed a necklace. A. from who B. from whom C. to that D. to whom 16. His glasses, _____he was like a blind man, fell to the ground and broke its leg. A. which B. with which C. without which D. that 17. She is a teacher of much knowledge, _____ much can be learned. A. who B. that C. from which D. from whom 18. He built a telescope ______ he could study the skies. A. in which B. with that C. through which D. by it 19. Do you know the reason ______ he was late? A. that B. which C. for what D. for which 20. I have bought two ballpens, ______ writes well. A. none of which B. neither of which C. none of them D. neither of them 21. The Second World War _____ millions of people were killed in 1945. A. during which B. in that C. where D. on which 22. China has many rivers, _______the Changjiang River is the longest. A. which B. in which C .among which D. one of which 23. This is the very knife _____ I used to cut apples yesterday. A. that B. by which C. which D. with which 24. Is this factory _____ you visited last year? A. that B. where C. in which D. the one 25. Mr. Smith is the only one of those foreigners who ____ working in China. A. is B. has C. have D. are Part B 1、The knife we used to cut the bread is very sharp. A．which B．with C．with it D．with which 2、The brave man, the tiger was shot, is a good hunter. A．of whom B．by that C．by whom D．by which 3、The clever boy made a hole in the wall, he could see what it was going on inside the house. A．on which B．at which C．through which D．in which 4、The beautiful dress Miss Jones went to the ball was borrowed from a friend of hers. A．in which B．worn by C．through which D．on which 5、During the days , he worked as a servant at the Browns’. A．that followed B．to follow C．following D．followed 6、You may take anything useful . A．which you want B．you want them C．what you want D．you want 7、My hometown is no longer the same it used to be. A．like B．that C．as D．which 8、The old woman has two sons, one is a teacher. A．of who B．of whom C．of which D．of them 9、You can take any seat is free. A．in which B．that C．where D．which 10、Is there anything to you? A．that belong B．which belongs C．that belongs D．that is belonged 11、We hope to get such a tool he is using. A．where B．that C．as D．which 12、Finally came the day he had to begin his study for the next term. A．till B．that C．since D．which 13、She hasn’t got enough money she buys the rings. A．for which B．with whichC．that D．which 14、I’ve read all the books were borrowed from the library. A．they B．which C．/ D．that 15、This is the best hotel in the city I know. A．it B．where C．that D．which 16、Is oxygen the only gas helps fire burn? A．it B．which C．/ D．that 17、The Second World War millions of people were killed ended in 1945. A．on which B．where C．in that D．during which 18、The train she was traveling was late A．on that B．for which C．on which D．which 19、Winter is the time of year the days are short and nights are long. A．on which B．that C．when D．where 20、I’ll show you a store you may buy all you need. A．that, that B．which, that C．where, which D．in which, / Part C 1. Is there a bar around _____ I can have something to eat? A. that B. what C. which D. where 2. The house, _____ was destroyed in the terrible fire, has been repaired. A. the roof of which B. which roof C. its roof D. the roof 3. Edison made a lot of inventions, ____ of great importance. A. which I think are B. which I think they are C. which I think they D. I think which are 4. I’ll talk about a newly-opened market ______ you may get all ______ you need. A. in which; which B. where; that C. where; what D. which; that 5. Can you lend me the novel _____ the other day? A. that you talked B. you talked about it C. which you talked with D. you talked about 6. ____ is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior high school is increasing. A. Which B. As C. That D. It 7. The fence in our garden, _____ my father built many years ago, has lasted for a long time. A. that B. which C. what D. where 8. When lost in work, _____ he often was, he would forget all about eating and sleeping. A. what B. so C. just like D. as 9. A football fan (球迷) is _____ has a strong interest in football. A. a thing that B. something that C. a person who D. what 10. We travelled together as far as Chicago, _____ we said goodbye to each other. A. which B. when C. why D. where 11. The matter _____ you were arguing about last night has been settled. A. that B. what C. why D. for which 12. Will you please show me the way to the only tall building _______ stands near the post office? A. 不填 B. in which C. that D. where 13. His sister had become a teacher, ______ was what he wanted to be. A. who B. what C. that D. which 14. With the development of agriculture, the people _______village I taught before have lived a happy life. A. who B. whose C. in whose D. in which 15. I hope you will find this valley a beautiful place _____ you may spend your weekend. A. which B. that C. when D. where 16. He must be from Africa, ____ can be seen from his skin. A. that B. as C. it D. what 17. Both the girl and her dog ____ were crossing the street were hit by a coming car. A. which B. who C. they D. that 18. I, ____ your friend, will try my best to help you out. A. which are B. which is C. who is D. who am 19. Is this just the city ____ the foreign guests wish to pay a visit _____. A. which, to B. to which, / C. that, to D. to that, / 20. It’s one of the most interesting stories ___ I have ___ read A. which, never B. that, ever C. that, never D. which, ever 21. On my way home in the street I saw a lady ___ I thought was your aunt. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose 22. I remember that ____ took part in the ball party had a wonderful time. A. all B. all that C. all which D. all what 23. This is the largest clock in the world, ____ the minute hand is six metres long. A. that B. of which C. which D. whose 24. China is the birthplace of kites, _____ kite flying spread to Japan, Korea, Thailand and India. A. from that B. from where C. from there D. from here 25. ____ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month. A. it B. As C. That D. What 26. Who _____ has common sense will do such a thing? A. which B. who C. whom D. that 27. All the apples _____ fell down were eaten by the pigs. A. that B. those C. which D. what 28. They asked him to tell them everything _____ he saw at the front. A. what B. that C. which D. where 29. I’ll tell you _____ he told me last night. A. all which B. all what C. that all D. all 30. A child _____ parents are dead is called an orphan. A. who B. who’s C. whose D. which 31. Is this the museum _____ you visited the other day? A. that B. where C. in which D. the one 32. Is this museum _____ some German friends visited last Wednesday? A. that B. where C. in which D. the one 33. - How do you like the book? - It’s quite different from _____ I read last month. A. that B. which C. the one D. the one what 34. Which sentence is wrong? A. The finger I dipped into the cup was not the one I put it into my mouth. B. Do you know the boy who jumped onto the platform? C. Science and new technology have made it possible for farmers to produce more food on the same amount of land. D. People in ancient times took it for granted that the sun moved round the earth. 35. The train _____ she was traveling was late. A. which B. where C. on which D. in that 36. He has lost the key to the drawer _____ the papers are kept. A. where B. on which C. under which D. which 37. Antarctic _____ we know very little is covered with thick ice all the year round. A. which B. where C. that D. about which 38. It’s the third time _____ late this month. A. that you arrived B. when you arrived C. that you’ve arrived D. when you’ve arrived 39. He often helps the students _____ he thinks are not quick at their studies. A. whom B. who C. when D. because 40. The Second World War _____ millions of people were killed ended in 1945. A. when B. during that C. in which D. which 41. Mr. Crossett will never forget the day _____ he spent with his various students. A. when B. which C. during which D. on which 42. This is just the place _____ I am longing to visit these years. A. that B. where C. in which D. to where 43. We are going to spend the Spring festival in Guangzhou, _____ live my grandparents and some relatives. A. which B. that C. who D. where 44. The hotel _____ during our holidays stands by the seaside. A. we stayed at B. where we stayed at C. we stayed D. in that we stayed 45. I have bought the same dress _____ she is wearing. A. as B. that C. which D. than 46. He is not _____ a fool _____. A. such / as he is looked B. such / as he looks C. as / as he is looked D. so / as he looks 47. Is that the reason _____ you are in favor of the proposal? A. which B. what C. why D. for that 48. He has two sons, _____ work as chemists. A. two of whom B. both of whom C. both of which D. all of whom 49. The buses, _____ were already full, were surrounded by an angry crowd. A. most of that B. which most C. most of which D. that most 50. My glasses, _____ I was like a blind man, fell to the ground and broke. A. which B. with which C. without which D. that 51. _____, the compass was first made in China. A. It is know to all B. It is known that C. We all know D. As is known to all 52. He is a man of great experience, _____ much can be learned. A. who B. that C. from which D. from whom 53. It was such a serious mistake, _____ caused by carelessness. A. which I think was B. which I think it was C. I think which was D. I think which it was 54. The general at last got a chance to visit the village _____ he used to fight, _____ he had been dreaming of for years. A. that / which B. where / that C. in which / what D. where / which 55. I will hire the man _____ they say is a good English speaker. A. who B. that C. which D. whom 56. I gave him a warning, _____ he turned a deaf ear. A. of which B. for which C. to that D. to which 57. My father has made me _____ I am. A. who B. which C. what D. that 58. She is one of the few girls who _____ passed the examination. A. was B. were C. has D. have 59. You may call on me from one to five o’clock, during _____ I am always at home. A. the time B. what time C. that time D. which time 60. China is the birthplace of kites, _____ kiteflying（放风筝） spread to Japan, Korea, Thailand and India. A. from there B. where C. from where D. there